GtkStyle becomes a GObject, and xthickness/ythickness moved to instance struct

- GdkFont, when Pango is merged
 - GtkStyle

.cvsignore

@@ -15,3 +15,6 @@ ABOUT-NLS
 intl
 stamp-h.in
 gtk+.spec
+missing
+install-sh
+mkinstalldirs

INSTALL

@@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ you got this package.
 Simple install procedure
 ========================
 
-  % gzip -cd gtk+-1.2.0.tar.gz | tar xvf -  # unpack the sources
-  % cd gtk+-1.2.0                           # change to the toplevel directory
-  % ./configure                             # run the `configure' script
-  % make                                    # build GTK
+  % gzip -cd gtk+-1.2.7.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
+  % cd gtk+-1.2.7			   # change to the toplevel directory
+  % ./configure				   # run the `configure' script
+  % make				   # build GTK
   [ Become root if necessary ]
-  % make install                            # install GTK
+  % make install			   # install GTK
 
 The Nitty-Gritty
 ================
@@ -43,6 +43,13 @@ which form of support to use:
 
 For more information, follow the link from http://www.gtk.org
 
+*  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support
+
+If this flag is not specified, GTK+ will try to find
+and use the gettext() set of functions to provide translations
+of the strings in the standard dialogs into the
+user's native language.
+
 *  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]
 
 Specifying --disable-xim will disable support for entering
@@ -50,7 +57,7 @@ internationalized text using X Input Methods. This will give some
 slight savings in speed and memory use and might be necessary
 with older versions of X.
 
-*  --with-locale=LOCALE   locale name you want to use
+*  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use
 
 The --with-locale options is used to determine if your operating
 system has support for the locale you will be using. If not, X's
@@ -84,19 +91,43 @@ or,
 
  setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
 
+Native-Language Support and gettext()
+=====================================
 
-Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB
-=================================
+To provide native-language support (NLS) GTK+ uses the
+gettext() set of functions. These functions are found
+in the C library on many systems, such as the Solaris
+C library and the GNU C Library, version 2.
+
+If your C library does not provide the necessary functionality,
+you may wish to install the GNU gettext package. You'll
+need version 0.10.35 or better. Version 0.10.35 is
+available from ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu
+
+Generally, GTK+ will properly detect what is installed
+on your system and enable or disable NLS as appropriate.
+However, in rare cases, it may be necessary to disable
+NLS manually to get GTK+ to compile. You can do this
+by specifying the --disable-nls flag when configuring
+GTK+.
+
+Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB [ Unsupported ]
+=================================================
 
 You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
 yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
 to ./configure. For instance:
 
- ./configure --with-glib=../glib-1.2.0
+ ./configure --with-glib=../glib-1.2.7
 
 This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
 source and build directories.
 
+It is recommended that you install GLIB before compiling
+GTK+. The --with-glib option is not regularly tested
+and may not function correctly. In addition, 
+inter-library dependencies won't be generated when
+using --with-glib=.
 
 Installation directories
 ========================
@@ -126,7 +157,7 @@ For complete details, see the file docs/gtk-config.txt
 Notes for using XIM support for Japanese input
 ==============================================
 
-* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK
+* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK+
 to hang when destroying a text entry. The latest versions of
 kinput is available from:
 

INSTALL.in

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+Prerequisites
+=============
+
+GTK+ requires the GLIB library, available at the same location as
+you got this package.
+
+Simple install procedure
+========================
+
+  % gzip -cd gtk+-@GTK_VERSION@.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
+  % cd gtk+-@GTK_VERSION@			   # change to the toplevel directory
+  % ./configure				   # run the `configure' script
+  % make				   # build GTK
+  [ Become root if necessary ]
+  % make install			   # install GTK
+
+The Nitty-Gritty
+================
+
+The 'configure' script can be given a number of options to enable
+and disable various features. For a complete list, type:
+
+  ./configure --help
+
+A few of the more important ones:
+
+*  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to /usr/local ]
+
+*  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to the value given to --prefix ]
+
+*  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput [default=no]
+
+The --with-xinput flag specifies whether to compile with support
+for the XInput extension (mainly used for graphics tablets), and
+which form of support to use:
+
+  no    : no support 
+  gxi   : Use generic XInput support
+  xfree : Use special features in the Wacom drivers in XFree86 3.3.1
+          and later.
+
+For more information, follow the link from http://www.gtk.org
+
+*  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support
+
+If this flag is not specified, GTK+ will try to find
+and use the gettext() set of functions to provide translations
+of the strings in the standard dialogs into the
+user's native language.
+
+*  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]
+
+Specifying --disable-xim will disable support for entering
+internationalized text using X Input Methods. This will give some
+slight savings in speed and memory use and might be necessary
+with older versions of X.
+
+*  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use
+
+The --with-locale options is used to determine if your operating
+system has support for the locale you will be using. If not, X's
+built in locale support will be used.
+
+Because of bugs in autoconf, it is necessary to specify this
+option even if your LANG environment variable is correctly set.
+
+This option does not determine which locale GTK will use at
+runtime. That will be determined from the usual environment
+variables.  If you will be using multiple locales with GTK,
+specify the one for which your operating system has the worst
+support for the --with-locale option.
+
+
+Options can be given to the compiler and linker by setting
+environment variables before running configure. A few of the more
+important ones:
+
+ CC       : The C compiler to use
+ CPPFLAGS : Flags for the C preprocesser such as -I and -D
+ CFLAGS   : C compiler flags
+
+The most important use of this is to set the
+optimization/debugging flags. For instance, to compile with no
+debugging information at all, run configure as:
+
+ CFLAGS=-O2 ./configure           # Bourne compatible shells (sh/bash/zsh)
+
+or,
+
+ setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
+
+Native-Language Support and gettext()
+=====================================
+
+To provide native-language support (NLS) GTK+ uses the
+gettext() set of functions. These functions are found
+in the C library on many systems, such as the Solaris
+C library and the GNU C Library, version 2.
+
+If your C library does not provide the necessary functionality,
+you may wish to install the GNU gettext package. You'll
+need version 0.10.35 or better. Version 0.10.35 is
+available from ftp://alpha.gnu.org/pub/gnu
+
+Generally, GTK+ will properly detect what is installed
+on your system and enable or disable NLS as appropriate.
+However, in rare cases, it may be necessary to disable
+NLS manually to get GTK+ to compile. You can do this
+by specifying the --disable-nls flag when configuring
+GTK+.
+
+Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB [ Unsupported ]
+=================================================
+
+You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
+yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
+to ./configure. For instance:
+
+ ./configure --with-glib=../glib-@GTK_VERSION@
+
+This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
+source and build directories.
+
+It is recommended that you install GLIB before compiling
+GTK+. The --with-glib option is not regularly tested
+and may not function correctly. In addition, 
+inter-library dependencies won't be generated when
+using --with-glib=.
+
+Installation directories
+========================
+
+The location of the installed files is determined by the --prefix
+and --exec-prefix options given to configure. There are also more
+detailed flags to control individual directories. However, the
+use of these flags is not tested.
+
+One particular detail to note, is that the architecture-dependent
+include file glibconfig.h is installed in:
+
+  $exec_pref/lib/glib/include/
+
+if you have a version in $prefix/include, this is out of date
+and should be deleted.
+
+A shell script gtk-config is created during the configure
+process, and installed in the bin/ directory
+($exec_prefix/bin). This is used to determine the location of GTK
+when building applications.  If you move GTK after installation,
+it will be necessary to edit this file.
+
+For complete details, see the file docs/gtk-config.txt
+
+
+Notes for using XIM support for Japanese input
+==============================================
+
+* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK+
+to hang when destroying a text entry. The latest versions of
+kinput is available from:
+
+  ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2
+
+* The locale information file for the ja_JP EUC locale
+distributed with some recent versions of X11 specifies to use the
+C library multibyte functions. Unless your C library has support
+for Japanese locales, this is incorrect, and will cause problems
+for GTK's internationalization.
+
+(In particular, this occurs with GNU libc 2.0 in which
+the multibyte functions always translate to and from UTF-8; but
+the problem may occur for other C libraries, and other operating
+systems as well.)
+
+To fix this, change the line:
+
+use_stdc_env		True
+
+to 
+
+use_stdc_env		False
+
+in the file /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/locale/ja_JP/XLC_LOCALE.
+
+

Makefile.am

@@ -1,10 +1,13 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+## Makefile.am for GTK+
 
 SRC_SUBDIRS = gdk gtk
 SUBDIRS = po $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
 
 bin_SCRIPTS = gtk-config
 
+# require automake 1.4
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4
+
 EXTRA_DIST =	\
 	HACKING		\
 	gtk+.spec.in	\
@@ -14,6 +17,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST =	\
 	NEWS.pre-1-0	\
 	ChangeLog.pre-1-0	\
 	README.cvs-commits	\
+	README.win32	\
 	intl/libgettext.h	\
 	intl/po2tbl.sed.in	\
 	examples/aspectframe/Makefile  \
@@ -28,7 +32,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST =	\
 	examples/buttons/buttons.c  \
 	examples/buttons/info.xpm  \
 	examples/calendar/Makefile  \
-	examples/calendar/gcalendar.c  \
+	examples/calendar/calendar.c  \
 	examples/clist/Makefile  \
 	examples/clist/clist.c  \
 	examples/entry/Makefile  \
@@ -97,8 +101,14 @@ EXTRA_DIST =	\
 	examples/spinbutton/Makefile  \
 	examples/find-examples.sh
 
-dist-hook:
-	cp gtk+.spec $(distdir)
+dist-hook: gtk+.spec
+	if test -e $(srcdir)/INSTALL.in && test -e $(srcdir)/README.in ; then \
+	     CONFIG_FILES="INSTALL:$(srcdir)/INSTALL.in README:$(srcdir)/README.in" \
+	     CONFIG_HEADERS= \
+	     $(SHELL) config.status \
+	     && cp INSTALL README $(distdir) ; \
+	fi \
+	&& cp gtk+.spec $(distdir)
 
 m4datadir = $(datadir)/aclocal
 m4data_DATA = gtk.m4

NEWS

@@ -1,3 +1,99 @@
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.6:
+
+* container queue_resize fixes
+* gtk[vh]scale: minor fixups
+* rename idle to idle_id in testgtk to avoid conflicts with 
+  broken libs
+* More consistant naming of gtkrc files
+* Added language support: ro, uk
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.5:
+
+* more GtkCTree and GtkWindow bug fixes.
+* more redraw/resize queue fixes, better expose event
+  discarding code.
+* more miscellaneous bugs fixed
+* new configure.in option --disable-rebuilds to completely disable
+  rebuilds of autogenerated sources.
+* check for 5.002 now, to avoid failing autogeneration build rules due
+  to old perl versions.
+* fonts (and fontsets) are cached now.
+* more autogeneration make rules and dependancy fixups, we should be
+  save with autogeneration up to make -j12 now ;)
+* new window position GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS, which will recenter the
+  GtkWindow on every size change.
+* major rework of window manager hints handling code, fixed a bunch of
+  races with the new resizing code.
+* the new wm hints and resizing code is absolutely perfect and bug free now,
+  it only lacks testing ;)
+* fixed up various rc style memory prolems.
+* gtk_widget_modify_style() now properly changes the style of realized widgets
+  and references the style passed into it. if people worked around this bug,
+  this will introduce a slight memory leak in their code.
+  The code should typically look like:
+            GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
+            [...]
+            gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
+            gtk_rc_style_unref (rc_style);
+* fix problems with positioning menus offscreen.
+* GtkText fixes for some crashes and drawing errors.
+* Better handling for unexpected window destroys in GDK and GTK+.
+  This should make it possible to use a GtkPlug and catch the
+  case where its parent socket is randomly killed.
+* FAQ updates.
+* FileSelection i18n patches, RadioButton fixups.
+* many translation improvements.
+* miscellaneous other bugs fixed.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.4:
+
+* DnD improvements (drags can be canceled with Esc now).
+* suppressed configure event reordering in Gdk.
+* rewrite of Gtk's configure event handling.
+* major improvements for the object argument system (Elena Devdariani).
+* major bugfixes for threading, GtkNotebook, GtkItemFactory, GtkCList and
+  GtkCTree.
+* tutorial/FAQ updates, new file generation.txt on autogenerated sources.
+* configure's --with-glib= is "officially" unsupported.
+* upgrade to libtool 1.3.3.
+* various buglets fixed.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.3:
+
+* Upgrade to libtool 1.3
+* Check for dgettext (for systems with old versions of GNU Gettext)
+* Many bug fixes (see ChangeLog for details)
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.2:
+
+* Improved Dnd behaviour with Motif applications.
+* Bug fixes for the Gtk selection code.
+* Minor bug fixes to the Gdk Atom cache and Dnd code (with --display option).
+* Bug fixes and leak plugs for the Gdk IM code.
+* Added gtk_object_get() facility to retrive object arguments easily.
+  The var args list expects ("arg-name", &value) pairs.
+* Fixed mapping for GdkInputCondition<->GIOCondition, this should fix
+  problems where closed pipes were no longer signalling GDK_INPUT_READ on
+  systems with a native poll().
+* Some cleanups to GtkLabel's memory allocation code (shouldn't leak memory
+  anymore).
+* We don't attempt to lookup xpm color "None" anymore, this should prevent
+  eXodus (commercial X windows server) from popping up a color dialog every
+  time a transparent pixmap is created.
+* Fixed bug where Gtk timout/idle handlers would execute without the global
+  Gdk lock being held.
+* Other minor bug fixes.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.2.1:
+
+* Many Bug fixes have been applied to the menu and accelerator code.
+* GtkItemFactory can "adopt" foreign menu items now and manage their
+  accelerator installation. This is often required to get GtkItemFactory
+  like accelerator propagation between different windows with the same
+  menu heirarchy and for centralized parsing and saving of accelerators.
+* GtkCList/GtkCTree buttons should always display correctly now.
+* Miscellaneous other bug fixes.
+
 What's New in GTK+ 1.2.0 (since 1.0.x):
 
 * New widgets: GtkFontSelector, GtkPacker, GtkItemFactory, GtkCTree,

README

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 General Information
 ===================
 
-This is GTK+ version 1.2.0.   GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
+This is GTK+ version 1.2.7.   GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
 is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
 System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
 written in C with a very object-oriented approach.
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ version number. This should be separated by a blank
 line from the actual headers.
 
  Package: gtk+
- Version: 1.2.0
+ Version: 1.2.7
 
-[ Please substitute 1.2.0 with the version of GTK+ that
+[ Please substitute 1.2.7 with the version of GTK+ that
   you have installed ]
 
 Then describe the bug. Include:
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ From: yourname@your.address.org
 Subject: handlebox test in testgtk is misnamed.
 
 Package: gtk+
-Version: 1.2.0
+Version: 1.2.7
 
 When I run gtk/testgtk, the button "handle box"
 is misnamed. There are multiple handle boxes in

README.in

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+General Information
+===================
+
+This is GTK+ version @GTK_VERSION@. GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
+is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
+System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
+written in C with a very object-oriented approach.
+
+The official ftp site is:
+  ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk
+
+The official web site is:
+  http://www.gtk.org/
+
+A mailing list is located at:
+  gtk-list@redhat.com
+
+To subscribe: mail -s subscribe gtk-list-request@redhat.com < /dev/null
+(Send mail to gtk-list-request@redhat.com with the subject "subscribe")
+
+Installation
+============
+
+See the file 'INSTALL'
+
+How to report bugs
+==================
+
+Bugs should be reported to the GNOME bug tracking
+system. (http://bugs.gnome.org). To report a problem
+about GTK+, send mail to submit@bugs.gnome.org.
+
+The subject of the mail should describe your problem.
+In the body of the mail, you should first include
+a "pseudo-header" that gives the package and 
+version number. This should be separated by a blank
+line from the actual headers.
+
+ Package: gtk+
+ Version: @GTK_VERSION@
+
+[ Please substitute @GTK_VERSION@ with the version of GTK+ that
+  you have installed ]
+
+Then describe the bug. Include:
+
+* Information about your system. For instance:
+
+   - What operating system and version
+   - What version of X
+   - For Linux, what version of the C library
+
+  And anything else you think is relevant.
+
+* How to reproduce the bug. 
+
+  If you can reproduce it with the testgtk program that is built 
+  in the gtk/ subdirectory, that will be most convenient.  Otherwise, 
+  please include a short test program that exhibits the behavior. 
+  As a last resort, you can also provide a pointer to a larger piece 
+  of software that can be downloaded.
+
+  (Bugs that can be reproduced within the  GIMP are almost as good 
+  as bugs that can be reproduced in testgtk. If you are reporting a 
+  bug found with the GIMP, please include the version number of the GIMP 
+  you are using)
+
+* If the bug was a crash, the exact text that was printed out
+  when the crash occured.
+
+* Further information such as stack traces may be useful, but
+  is not necessary. If you do send a stack trace, and the error
+  is an X error, it will be more useful if the stacktrace
+  is produced running the test program with the --sync command
+  line option.
+
+An example of a bug report:
+
+====
+To: submit@bugs.gnome.org
+From: yourname@your.address.org
+Subject: handlebox test in testgtk is misnamed.
+
+Package: gtk+
+Version: @GTK_VERSION@
+
+When I run gtk/testgtk, the button "handle box"
+is misnamed. There are multiple handle boxes in
+the demo, so it should be "handle boxes", to
+be like "buttons" or "check buttons".
+===
+
+Patches
+=======
+
+Patches can be uploaded to the incoming/ directory on
+ftp.gtk.org.  Please follow the instructions there, and include
+your name and email address in the README file.
+
+If the patch fixes a bug, it is usually a good idea to include
+all the information described in "How to Report Bugs".

README.nanox

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+Gtk port to nano-X
+
+STATUS
+
+Once upon a time I got a few apps working, then started merging
+the new features added by Owen (32 bit sizes for windows and buffering).
+Since then I haven't found the time to work on it:-/
+
+
+TODO
+
+Finish internal window manager abstraction or add proper support in nano-X.
+Fix event polling.
+Implement GdkImage, GdkRgb stuff.
+Put generic region code in generic gdk and/or use the region code from nano-X.
+Fix ugly automake stuff for make dist.
+
+TODO in nano-X
+
+We need to be able to clip and change the background of windows at runtime
+for apps to not look so ugly!
+Fonts: wait for better nano-X font implementation.
+Properties on windows.
+
+
+If you want to work on this port or get additional informnation, get in 
+touch with me.
+To get the beast to compile you also need to apply the patch below
+(any auto* wizard here?): the issue of having two gtk libraries in the
+system needs to be addressed too, maybe use libgtk-x11-1.4.so and 
+libgtk-nanox-1.4.so ...
+
+Paolo Molaro
+lupus@linuxcare.com
+
+
+Index: acconfig.h
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvs/gnome/gtk+/acconfig.h,v
+retrieving revision 1.16
+diff -u -r1.16 acconfig.h
+--- acconfig.h	1999/03/20 00:52:29	1.16
++++ acconfig.h	2000/05/06 11:52:38
+@@ -49,6 +49,8 @@
+ /* Most machines will be happy with int or void.  IRIX requires '...' */
+ #undef SIGNAL_ARG_TYPE
+ 
++#undef USE_NANOX
++
+ /* #undef PACKAGE */
+ /* #undef VERSION */
+ 
+Index: configure.in
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvs/gnome/gtk+/configure.in,v
+retrieving revision 1.142
+diff -u -r1.142 configure.in
+--- configure.in	2000/05/04 00:29:46	1.142
++++ configure.in	2000/05/06 11:52:38
+@@ -99,6 +99,8 @@
+ AC_ARG_WITH(locale, [  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use ])
+ 
+ AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
++AC_ARG_ENABLE(nanox, [  --enable-nanox            use nano-X instead of X11 [default=no]],
++			, enable_nanox="no")
+ 
+ if test "x$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
+   test "$cflags_set" = set || CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g"
+@@ -322,6 +324,8 @@
+ saved_cflags="$CFLAGS"
+ saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
+ 
++if text "x$enable_nanox" = "xno"; then
++
+ CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $X_CFLAGS"
+ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
+ 
+@@ -465,6 +469,13 @@
+   GTK_LOCALE_FLAGS="-DX_LOCALE"
+ fi
+ 
++else
++AC_CHECK_LIB(nano-X, GrOpen)
++LIBS="-lnano-X $LIBS"
++ AC_DEFINE(USE_NANOX)
++AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_NANOX, test x$enable_nanox = xyes)
++fi # if enable_nanox
++
+ # Checks for header files.
+ AC_HEADER_STDC
+ 
+@@ -602,8 +613,13 @@
+ esac
+ ],[
+ # Currently we always use X11 on those systems where we run configure...
++if test x$enable_nanox = xno; then
+ gdk_windowing='
+ #define GDK_WINDOWING_X11'
++else
++gdk_windowing='
++#define GDK_WINDOWING_NANOX'
++fi
+ if test x$gdk_wchar_h = xyes; then
+   gdk_wc='
+ #define GDK_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1'
+@@ -629,6 +645,7 @@
+ docs/Makefile
+ gdk/Makefile
+ gdk/x11/Makefile
++gdk/nanox/Makefile
+ gdk/win32/Makefile
+ gtk/Makefile
+ gtk/gtkfeatures.h
+Index: gdk/Makefile.am
+===================================================================
+RCS file: /cvs/gnome/gtk+/gdk/Makefile.am,v
+retrieving revision 1.41
+diff -u -r1.41 Makefile.am
+--- gdk/Makefile.am	2000/04/05 04:11:10	1.41
++++ gdk/Makefile.am	2000/05/06 11:52:38
+@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
+ ## Makefile.am for gtk+/gdk
+ 
++if USE_NANOX
++SUBDIRS=win32 nanox
++else
+ SUBDIRS=x11 win32
++endif
+ 
+ EXTRA_DIST =	\
+ 	gdkconfig.h.win32 \
+@@ -36,8 +40,13 @@
+ 	-lm		\
+ @STRIP_END@
+ 
++if USE_NANOX
+ libgdk_la_LIBADD = \
++	nanox/libgdk-nanox.la	
++else
++libgdk_la_LIBADD = \
+ 	x11/libgdk-x11.la	
++endif
+ 
+ #
+ # setup source file variables
+@@ -138,3 +147,8 @@
+ 	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
+ 	  echo $$p; \
+ 	done
++
++noinst_PROGRAMS = simple
++simple_DEPENDENCIES = libgdk.la simple.c
++simple_LDADD = libgdk.la
++

README.win32

@@ -3,29 +3,43 @@ correct as the Unix/X11 version. For more information about the Win32
 port, see http://www.gimp.org/tml/gimp/win32/ or
 http://www.iki.fi/tml/gimp/win32/ .
 
-To build GTk+ on Win32, you need either Microsoft compiler and tools,
-or gcc-2.95 or later running under cygwin-b20.1. Compile in gdk\win32
-and gtk with `nmake -f makefile.msc` or `make -f
-makefile.cygwin`. Before doing a install, check the BIN definition in
-gdk\win32\makefile.msc (or makefile.cygwin) and gtk\makefile.msc (or
-makefile.cygwin).
+The current (CVS) version of the Win32 backend is *not* as stable as it
+was before the no-flicker branch was merged. A zipfile with that
+version is available from http://www.gimp.org/win32/. That should be
+use by "production" code until this CVS version is usable. (But note,
+the Win32 backend has never been claimed to be "production quality".)
+
+To build GTk+ on Win32, you need either the Microsoft compiler and
+tools, or gcc-2.95 or later. The mingw setup of gcc is preferred, but
+you can run gcc also under cygwin-b20.1 or later. Compile in
+gdk\win32, gdk and gtk with `nmake -f makefile.msc` or `make -f
+makefile.cygwin`. The name makefile.cygwin is misleading, it should
+really be called makefile.mingw.
 
 See the README.win32 file in the GLib distribution for instructions
 how to build with gcc.
 
+To use GTk+ on Win32, you also need either of the above mentioned
+compilers. Other compilers might work, but don't count on it.  The
+same instructions on how to set up a correct version of gcc should
+also be followed if you want to build applications that use GTk+ with
+gcc.
+
 The tablet support uses the Wintab API. The Wintab development kit can
 be downloaded from http://www.pointing.com. If you don't care for
-that, undefine HAVE_WINTAB in config.h.win32 before building.
+that, undefine HAVE_WINTAB in config.h.win32 and remove references to
+the wntab32x library from the makefile before building.
 
 GTk+ wants to be built with the GNU "intl" library for
 internationalisation (i18n). Get the version ported to Win32 (not a
 very big deal) from tml's web site mentioned above. We build the
-"intl" library to a DLL called gnu-intl.dll to reduce name clash
-risks. If you don't want any i18n stuff, undefine ENABLE_NLS,
-HAVE_GETTEXT and HAVE_LIBINTL in the config.h.win32 file, and remove
-references to the gnu-intl library from the makefiles.
+"intl" library as a DLL called gnu-intl.dll (the "gnu" prefix is used
+to reduce name clash risks). If you don't want any i18n stuff,
+undefine ENABLE_NLS, HAVE_GETTEXT and HAVE_LIBINTL in the
+config.h.win32 file, and remove references to the gnu-intl library
+from the makefiles.
 
 Note that while the GNU gettext package is under the GPL, the "intl"
-library part as distributed with GNU libc is under the LGPL (like GTk+
-or GLib). We want the LGPL one, even if they are the same, more or
-less.
+part of it which is distributed with GNU libc is under the LGPL (like
+GTk+ or GLib). We want the LGPL one, even if they are the same, more
+or less.

TODO

@@ -12,21 +12,14 @@ Outstanding items:
  * Make all widget attributes configurable after the widget is created (timj).
  
  * Radio buttons need to display CAN/HAS_DEFAULT correctly, if draw_inidicator
-   is TRUE.
+   is TRUE. (Radio buttons do not need to CAN_DEFAULT! OWT)
 
- * gdk_expose_compress: ala-Xt, this would really help for opaque moves and
-   such
-
- * More dialogs: Print, GtkFontSelector, maybe others...
+ * More dialogs: Print, maybe others...
 
  * make the gtk_main callbacks consistent in their add/remove behaviour.
  
  * Check return values on all calls to XIC[Get/Set]Values
 
- * Rewrite the interface to the i18n stuff so GTK widgets don't need to
-   retrieve X values, and so they don't have to know the value of the
-   XNxxx character constants.
-
  * The "--geometry" option should be supported
 
   - Having gdk_init() parse the geometry option. (putting it into
@@ -70,6 +63,11 @@ Outstanding items:
    cause confusing presses to be sent to containers that actually
    want to get events on themselves.
 
+ * The menu code should skip separators during keyboard navigation,
+   whether they are sensitive or insensitive.
+
+ * OwnerButtonPressGrab needs to go!
+
 Text/Edit widget:
 
   Bugs:
@@ -187,7 +185,7 @@ DND
 
  - Use a cursor instead of an ICON when over Motif windows,
    to get rid of the current junk that Motif leaves because
-   of it's XCopyArea stupidity for doing highlighting.
+   of its XCopyArea stupidity for doing highlighting.
 
  - Add a GTK_DRAG_VERIFY target flag and a "drag_data_verify"   
    signal so that apps can easily check if a, say, 

TODO.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,739 @@
+<!-- This is used to generate the online TODO list for GTK+ using
+     the script docs/make-todo. Whenever a change to this file is
+     committed to CVS,the file is run through make-todo and the online
+     version updated. If you modify this file, you should check for
+     parse errors by running:
+
+     $ docs/make-todo TODO.xml > /dev/null
+
+     before committing, or you may screw up the online version --> 
+<todo logourl="gtk-logo-rgb.gif">
+  <title>GTK+ TODO list</title>
+  <section>
+    <title>GDK</title>
+    
+    <entry size="medium" status="70%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Add backing store support</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  GTK+'s drawing model involves clearing to a background, and
+	  then drawing widgets on top of this. Without having
+	  backing-store support, this results in flickering in various
+	  situations. Backing store cannot be added widget-by-widget,
+	  because the drawing in a particular window is not confined
+	  to a single widget. Instead it needs to be added per GDK
+	  window. 
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  The way this is done is by having
+	  <tt>gdk_window_begin_paint()</tt>
+	  and <tt>gdk_window_end_paint()</tt> functions that
+	  redirect all drawing to a particular window to an offscreen
+	  pixmap, and then copy that offscreen pixmap back onto the
+	  screen when the paint operation is done. The implementation
+	  of this is mostly complete in the <tt>gtk-no-flicker</tt> branch of
+	  GTK+.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <url>http://www.gtk.org/~otaylor/gtk/1.4/gdk-drawing.html</url>
+      <contact>Owen Taylor &lt;otaylor@redhat.com&gt;</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="70%" target="1.4">
+      <title>32 Bit Coordinates</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  GTK+-1.2 and earlier share X's limitation on the
+	  size of coordinates and restrict all dimensions
+	  to 16 bit quantities. By clever use of X it is
+	  possible to lift this restriction and present a
+	  full 32-bit space to the user.
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  There are some difficulties with performance in this
+	  approach - mostly because scrolling can involve mapping and
+	  unmapping lots of widgets, but in general, current
+	  trials in this area seem to work pretty well.  
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <url>http://www.gtk.org/~otaylor/gtk/1.4/gdk-drawing.html</url>
+      <contact>Owen Taylor &lt;otaylor@redhat.com&gt;</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Customizable double-click timeout</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  The current fixed double-click timeout in GTK+
+	  is too small for some users. This needs to be
+	  customizable
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+      <bugs>#3958</bugs>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Make color handling more convenient</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Add some color convenience functions; such as a way to get an
+          allocated GdkColor from GdkRGB, and export functions from gtkstyle.c
+          that lighten/darken a given color, and set a color from HSV in
+          addition to RGB. Also, consider having static variables that contain
+          preallocated common colors (gdk_blue, gdk_red, etc.), the problem
+          being colormap issues.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Cursors</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Two tasks: 1) move the cursors in the cursor font that people actually
+          care about to the top of the gdkcursor.h header file, and put a nice
+          list of the 15 cursors people actually care about in the docs 2) if
+          the cursor font lacks some commonly-useful cursors (like magnifying
+          glass), add these cursors to gdkcursor.h and then emulate them in
+          gdk_cursor_new by transparently creating the cursor from a bitmap.
+          The list of Qt cursors is worth http://doc.trolltech.com/qcursor.html
+          looking at for this task.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Make GdkRGB work on any visual</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          GdkRGB should be able to render to an arbitrary visual
+          (i.e. the visual shouldn't be fixed at gdk_rgb_init() 
+          time). This will break gdk_rgb_gc_set_foreground() and 
+          friends, though.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+  </section> <!-- GDK -->
+
+  <section>
+    <title>Internationalization</title>
+    
+    <entry size="big" status="70%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Integrate Pango</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  The purpose of the Pango project is to provide a system for
+	  layout and rendering of internationalized text. It handles
+	  most of the issues necessary to 
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <url>http://www.pango.org</url>
+      <contact>gtk-i18n-list@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="80%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Switch to using UTF-8</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  This is closely related to Pango integration. Pango deals
+	  with all strings in terms of UTF-8; by switching GTK+ over
+	  to UTF-8 we make it considerably simpler for developers to
+	  support multiple languages properly while still retaining
+	  a large degree of compatibility with existing programs.
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  Some work has already been done on this as part of the Win32
+	  port, since the Win32 port is currently using UTF-8 for all
+	  strings. In general, this should be an easy job; the hardest
+	  parts are places like GtkFileSelection, cut and paste, and
+	  input method support where there is interaction between GTK+
+	  and the operating system.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-i18n-list@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="40%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Rewrite Input Method Support</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Support for Input Methods is GTK+-1.2 is done via XIM, with
+	  supported styles being over-the-spot and the root-window
+	  styles. However, the over-the-spot style is not going to
+	  work well with the Pango integration, since it relies on the
+	  text rendering in the program being done in the standard
+	  Xlib style, so it will be necessary to also support
+	  on-the-spot input. On-the-spot input is done by supplying a
+	  set of callbacks that are invoked by the input methods.
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  GTK+-1.4 will have a new system with loadable input method
+	  modules. These modules can either be implemented using XIM,
+	  or written from scratch.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-i18n-list@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+  </section> <!-- i18n -->
+
+  <section>
+    <title>GTK+ Core</title>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="5%" target="1.4">
+      <title>GLib based object and type system</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  The GTK+ object system is already in use in quite a few different
+	  non-GUI applications; it would be desirable for these uses
+	  to have the object and type systems separated from the GUI portions
+	  of GTK+ and be generalized for non-GUI usage.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="1%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Overall callback improvements</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  The GTK+ type and signal systems need significant improvements to
+	  allow signal creation with default handlers from language bindings
+	  and to aid language bindings in deriving new objects.
+	  One aspect of this is the Closure support, recently suggested by
+	  Karl Nelson &lt;kenelson@ece.ucdavis.edu&gt;, but this also
+	  requires a GLib based type and parameter system (ties in with
+	  "GLib based object and type system").
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>State change notification</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  GTK+ objects emit various types of signals, some to perform
+	  arbitrary actions, some to allow customization from user code,
+	  and some signals are emitted to notify of certain changes
+	  of an object. For the latter, what really is required is a
+	  gneneric signal that can be used to monitor *any* kind of object
+	  changes. For that, all object changes need to be routed through
+	  a central point (otherwise the signal emissions are spread all
+	  over the object implementation), i.e. an object argument setter.
+	  The state change notification signal doesn't need to be emitted
+	  syncronously, in fact, it's probably most effective to always
+	  emit this asynchronously, so subsequent changes are accumulated.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="5%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Widget as sensitivity/grab state machine</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Maintenance of pointer and keybnoard grabs is currently very
+	  tedious and error-prone, most widget's cook up their own stuff
+	  in this regard.
+	  By moving the general concept of "Grabs" to the GTK+ level as
+	  a widget state, and providing a new signal for alterations of
+	  a widget's state ("visible", "visible+insensitive",
+	  "visible+grab", "hidden", "hidden+insensitive", etc.), things
+	  can be unified and more stabelize. A couple of bugs, such as
+	  insensitive widgets still holding a grab, or buttons that
+	  still think they are depressed when hidden, will be squeezed
+	  automatically with that.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Allow argument customization</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Many types of object arguments (expander style in the CList,
+	  default padding in button boxes, etc), conceptually go with
+	  the theme, or as user preferences; they should not be set by
+	  a particular program.
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  There needs to be a mechanism for themes to be able to
+	  control these arguments from the RC file. 
+	</p>
+      </description>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Allow global customization</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  There are a number of global parameters in GTK+ and GDK that should be
+	  customizable by the user, such as the double-click timeout,
+	  or whether widgets should be backing-stored by default. 
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  If we had argument customization from an RC file, it might
+	  be possible to do this simply with a global object with
+	  arguments for the various global parameters that was
+	  customized in the same fashion as object arguments.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Gtk+ Modules installation directory</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Gtk+ needs to support an extra lib/ directory, to search
+	  for dynamically loadable modules, it also needs to support
+	  an environment variable to specify module search paths.
+	  This has quite some cross-platform issues with the GModule
+	  code (especially on AIX).
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Convenient widget setup</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Make it simpler to set all the basic attributes of a widget.  Might
+          want set_tooltip(), set_accel(), set_color(FOREGROUND, color),
+          set_min_size() (usize does this, but needs a rename), set_whatsthis(),
+          etc. set_accel() may not work for all widgets, may need a convenience
+          API for button and label accelerators specifically.
+	</p>
+        <p>
+          The idea is that it should be easy, out of the box, to set up a widget
+          with all the nice touches and features the widget really should
+          have. Users shouldn't need to do their own convenience functions for
+          this.
+        </p>
+
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>Make selections/clipboard more convenient</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Make GtkSelectionData more like the MIME blobs in Swing and Qt.
+          Consider a GtkClipboard object to simplify cut-and-paste handling.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+
+    <entry size="small" status="50%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Stock label/icon system</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          A system like GnomeStock for getting a standard labels/icons 
+          for menus and toolbars. Should be extensible by themes, and 
+          by libgnomeui. Some work already done on this.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>hp@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+
+    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>Session Management</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Look in to session management. Consider whether to use 
+          X11R6 SM, or some custom spec shared with KDE. Create
+          GTK+ API for this.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>Online help enhancements</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Look at a small "What's This" popup widget, 
+          and a What's This system in general (this part 
+          could maybe be done for 1.4). A more difficult, probably 
+          a post-1.4 task, is to integrate a very simple little
+          help browser gizmo into GTK.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>GUI-editable means of user configuration</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Need to be able to set double click time, whether cursors
+          blink, etc., from a control panel type of deal.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+  </section> <!-- Core -->
+
+  <section>
+    <title>GTK+ Widgets</title>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="50%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Make GtkFrame use a label</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  The title of a frame should simply be another child widget
+	  which, by default, holds a label widget. This will important
+	  with Pango where proper text behavior will be more complex to
+	  implement, but is also useful for certain user-interface
+	  designs. (It can be useful, for example, to put a checkbutton
+	  in that slot.)
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="75%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Replace GtkText Widget</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  The GtkText widget is badly in need of replacement, since it
+	  is buggy and insufficiently feature rich. This is being done
+	  using Havoc Pennington's port of the Tk Text widget.
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  As part of this job <a href="http://www.pango.org">Pango</a>
+	  support is being added to the replacement. The structure of
+	  the Tk text widget port is suited to this as it works
+	  paragraph-by-paragraph, and Pango works at a sub-paragraph
+	  scale. The main remaining tasks here are to implement
+	  incremental reflow to make performance acceptable and to
+	  implement embedded pixmaps and widgets.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Improve Radio/Checkbutton Look</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  The default look for the radio and checkbuttons is both
+	  unattractive and not friendly to the user . Motif did not
+	  get this one right, and we should not keep on following the
+	  Motif look. The right thing here is probably to copy the
+	  Windows appearance for these controls fairly closely. This
+	  will fit in with well with the rest of the GTK+ look.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Improve Submenu Navigation</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Navigating through a deep menu tree in GTK+ is currently
+	  quite tricky, because as soon as one leaves a menu item,
+	  the submenu disappears. The way that the Macintosh is
+	  reputed to handle this is that to pop down the current
+	  submenu, you have to leave the triangle defined by the
+	  upper left hand corner of the menu item and right
+	  side of the submenu.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4 ?">
+      <title>Improve Spinbutton Look</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Spinbuttons currently appear to have lumpy boundaries,
+	  because sides of the arrows aren't at an angle that
+	  meshes well with the pixel grid. However, fixing this
+	  would require making the spinbuttons narrower and
+	  harder to hit. This points out a general problem with
+	  the spinbutton (and the arrows on the scrollbars) - the
+	  target area for clicks actually the bounding box of the
+	  arrows, but the user thinks that they must click on the
+	  arrows themselves. It would probably be more friendly
+	  to use a square button with an arrow drawn on top instead
+	  of a arrow-shaped button, the approach taken by most other
+	  windowing systems.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="90%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Supply horizontable/vertical wrapping boxes</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  An often requested feature are wrapping containers, at this
+	  point, gimp's development version already uses such widgets:
+	  horizontable/vertical wrap boxes, that need to go into 1.4
+	  proper at some point.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="90%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Improved generic combo support</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Gtk+'s combo box has several drawbacks in design and
+	  implementation. An new attempt at providing the combo box
+	  functionality with improved flexibility has been made with
+	  the GtkClueHunter widget, sitting in the CVS module "gle".
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>Tim Janik &lt;timj@gtk.org&gt;</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>Add unified set of List/Tree/Grid widgets</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+	  Currently, GTK+ has a large number of list and tree widgets
+	  (GtkList, GtkTree, GtkCList, GtkCTree), none of which are
+	  ideal. The GtkList and GtkTree widgets perform badly on large
+	  number of items. (GtkTree widget is also quite buggy.) GtkCList
+	  and GtkCTree mostly solve the size problem, but are quite
+	  complex and, despite that, not very flexible. They are limited to
+	  displaying pixmaps and text, and can neither support arbitrary
+	  widgets nor custom drawing functions.
+	</p>
+	<p>
+	  In addition to list and tree widgets, a closely related need
+	  is a sheet widget that displays a (possibly editable) 2-D grid.
+	  It would be desirable to have a complete set of widgets that
+	  could be presented as the one-true-solution for these needs.
+	  Model/View techniques could be used effectively to increase
+	  both the simplicity and power of the interfaces.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>GtkPixbuf</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          gdk-pixbuf is moving to become a GTK+ dependency, a new image-display
+          widget is thus needed.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>hp@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Attempt to fix GtkStatusbar</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          GtkStatusbar is too inconvenient to use.
+          The only non-breakage-inducing fix we could
+          come up with is to permit 0 as a context ID, so you
+          don't have to use gtk_statusbar_get_context_id().
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+    
+    <entry size="small" status="95%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Decruft GtkProgress, GtkProgressbar</title>
+      <description>
+        <p>UPDATE: this is done, just need to apply the patch.
+        </p>
+        
+	<p>
+          This interface is just a disaster of overcomplexity;
+          it should pretty much just be set_percentage(), 
+          pulse() (to move during activity mode), and set_text().
+          There's no reason that there are two objects, should 
+          just be one interface. Almost all the functions
+          that currently exist should be deprecated.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>hp@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Entry validation hooks</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Simple hooks for validation in a GtkEntry.  Pretty much just a
+          "validate" callback which takes a string (current entry contents) and
+          returns either VALID, INVALID, or COULDBEVALID. Then the 
+          GtkEntry calls this function if it's set, and does the appropriate 
+          UI things. GTK should come with validators for int and float,
+          see GtkSpinButton where these are already implemented.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>pseudo-MDI Widget</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Add a widget that lets you rearrange various views (similar to many
+          IDEs, like Visual SlickEdit or JBuilder). Basically there should be a
+          central slot and 4 slots around the sides; each slot holds one or more
+          views. If two views are dropped in the same slot, then a notebook is
+          created displaying both views. If a view is dropped outside the
+          application window, it becomes a standalone window. It should be
+          possible to restrict whether a view can be dropped on the sides,
+          horizontal/vertical sides only, in the central content area, or in
+          any of those places.
+	</p>
+        <p>
+          (Havoc has a proposed interface for this, mail hp@redhat.com)
+        </p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>Icon List Widget</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          A simple icon list widget, suitable for creating a file selector or
+          the like.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>Dock widget</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Add a widget like GnomeDock (perhaps based on GnomeDock)
+          that allows people to put rearrangeable toolbars, menubars, etc. 
+          around a central content area. The widget should have hooks for 
+          saving the current positions of the various docked bars.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="big" status="0%" target="> 1.4">
+      <title>Canvas widget</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Figure out how to get GnomeCanvas or a derived work into GTK+ itself.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Menu scroll</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          When menus are bigger than the screen, allow scrolling
+          as on the Mac.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Toolbar/menubar wrap</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          When toolbars and menubars are too wide, do some sort of 
+          wrapping or drop-down deal. (See Windows/Mac apps for examples.)
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Blink cursor in GtkEntry</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Make the cursor optionally blink in GtkEntry. Beware, the entry code
+          is somewhat in flux; mail Owen and ask.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>otaylor@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="100%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Don't highlight first menu item when menus come up</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Keep GtkMenu from prelighting the first menu item.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="95%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Integrate new color selector</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          There's a new color selector in CVS (module gnome-colorsel),
+          it needs to be folded in to GTK and any remaining issues resolved.
+          (This new selector is API-compatible with the old one, and 
+          still called GtkColorSelector).
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="medium" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Write new font selector</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Pango introduces a new font handling system,
+          replacing the XLFD system. Need a font selector for this.
+          The XLFD selector should probably remain, for apps where
+          it makes sense (like gnome-terminal probably).
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Stack Widget</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          Jonathan has a widget like a tabless/frameless notebook, used for
+          something like the GNOME control center where you want to toggle which
+          widget is visible to the user. Needs to be cleaned up and considered
+          for GTK.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org, jrb@redhat.com</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+    <entry size="small" status="0%" target="1.4">
+      <title>Clean up GtkNotebook</title>
+      <description>
+	<p>
+          GtkNotebook currently breaks GTK invariants about
+          mapping/visibility/etc., needs fixing.
+	</p>
+      </description>
+      <contact>gtk-devel-list@gnome.org</contact>
+    </entry>
+
+  </section> <!-- GTK+ -->
+</todo>
+

acinclude.m4

@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ LD="$LD" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LIBS="$LIBS" \
 LN_S="$LN_S" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" \
 DLLTOOL="$DLLTOOL" AS="$AS" OBJDUMP="$OBJDUMP" \
 ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig --no-reexec \
-$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
+$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $lt_target \
 || AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
 
 # Reload cache, that may have been modified by ltconfig
@@ -66,6 +66,11 @@ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_NM])dnl
 AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
 dnl
 
+case "$target" in
+NONE) lt_target="$host" ;;
+*) lt_target="$target" ;;
+esac
+
 # Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig.
 libtool_flags="--cache-file=$cache_file"
 test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared"
@@ -84,7 +89,7 @@ test x"$silent" = xyes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
 
 # Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
 # libtool support.
-case "$host" in
+case "$lt_target" in
 *-*-irix6*)
   # Find out which ABI we are using.
   echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
@@ -300,7 +305,6 @@ else
   AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
 fi
 test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_SUBST(LD)
 AC_PROG_LD_GNU
 ])
 
@@ -346,14 +350,13 @@ else
 fi])
 NM="$ac_cv_path_NM"
 AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
-AC_SUBST(NM)
 ])
 
 # AC_CHECK_LIBM - check for math library
 AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_LIBM,
 [AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
 LIBM=
-case "$host" in
+case "$lt_target" in
 *-*-beos* | *-*-cygwin*)
   # These system don't have libm
   ;;
@@ -473,22 +476,26 @@ AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_WITH_NLS,
 	CATOBJEXT=NONE
 
 	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
+	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for dgettext in libc], gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc,
+	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) dgettext ("","")],
+	       gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc=no)])
 
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes"; then
 	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
-	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
-		 [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext,
-		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
-		  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])
+	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for dgettext in libintl],
+		 gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl,
+		 [AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, dgettext,
+		  gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=yes,
+		  gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no)],
+		 gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl=no)])
 	   fi
 
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+           if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	     LIBS="$LIBS -lintl";
+           fi
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" = "yes" \
+	      || test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
 	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
 	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
 		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
@@ -508,8 +515,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(AM_GTK_WITH_NLS,
 	    fi
 
 	    # Added by Martin Baulig 12/15/98 for libc5 systems
-	    if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes" \
-	       && test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	    if test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libc" != "yes" \
+	       && test "$gt_cv_func_dgettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
 	       INTLLIBS=-lintl
 	       LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
 	    fi

autogen.sh

@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ automake -a $am_opt
 autoconf
 cd $ORIGDIR
 
-$srcdir/configure "$@"
+$srcdir/configure --enable-maintainer-mode "$@"
 
 echo 
 echo "Now type 'make' to compile $PROJECT."

config.guess

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 
 # Written by Per Bothner <bothner@cygnus.com>.
 # The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib.
-# Please send patches to the Autoconf mailing list <autoconf@gnu.org>.
+# Please send patches to <autoconf-patches@gnu.org>.
 #
 # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
 # config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
@@ -156,6 +156,9 @@ EOF
     wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
 	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    *:OS/390:*:*)
+	echo i370-ibm-openedition
+	exit 0 ;;
     arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
 	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0;;
@@ -328,15 +331,18 @@ EOF
     AViiON:dgux:*:*)
         # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
         UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
-        if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then
-	if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \
-	     -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then
+	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110]
+	then
+	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+	    then
 		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
+	    else
 		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	    fi
+	else
+	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
-        else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        fi
  	exit 0 ;;
     M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
 	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
@@ -453,7 +459,7 @@ EOF
                   exit (0);
               }
 EOF
-	($CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy`
+	(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy`
 	rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
 	esac
 	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
@@ -550,7 +556,7 @@ EOF
 	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
     CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
-	echo t3e-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
     CRAY-2:*:*:*)
 	echo cray2-cray-unicos
@@ -588,7 +594,7 @@ EOF
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:NetBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*//'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:OpenBSD:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
@@ -618,12 +624,6 @@ EOF
 	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
 	exit 0 ;;
     *:Linux:*:*)
-	# uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to
-	# filter it out.
-	case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in
-	  armv*)		      UNAME_MACHINE=$UNAME_MACHINE ;;
-	  arm* | sa110*)	      UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;;
-	esac
 
 	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
 	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
@@ -636,11 +636,38 @@ EOF
 				    s/ .*//
 				    p'`
         case "$ld_supported_emulations" in
-	  i?86linux)  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"      ; exit 0 ;;
-	  i?86coff)   echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"      ; exit 0 ;;
-	  sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
-	  armlinux)   echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
-	  m68klinux)  echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;;
+	  *ia64)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux"
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	  i?86linux)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	  i?86coff)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	  sparclinux)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	  armlinux)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	  elf32arm*)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	  armelf_linux*)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu"
+		exit 0
+		;;
+	  m68klinux)
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout"
+		exit 0
+		;;
 	  elf32ppc)
 		# Determine Lib Version
 		cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
@@ -670,7 +697,9 @@ EOF
 			fi
 		fi	
 		rm -f $dummy.c $dummy
-		echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} ; exit 0 ;;
+		echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+		exit 0
+		;;
 	esac
 
 	if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "alpha" ; then
@@ -797,19 +826,21 @@ EOF
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
 	exit 0 ;;
     i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
 	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
 	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
 	fi
 	exit 0 ;;
     i?86:*:5:7*)
-	UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
-	(/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
-	(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
-	(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent.*II' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-	(/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i585
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+        # Fixed at (any) Pentium or better
+        UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+        if [ ${UNAME_SYSTEM} = "UnixWare" ] ; then
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sco-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+	else
+	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	fi
 	exit 0 ;;
     i?86:*:3.2:*)
 	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
@@ -943,6 +974,9 @@ EOF
     *:Rhapsody:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	exit 0 ;;
+    *:QNX:*:4*)
+	echo i386-qnx-qnx${UNAME_VERSION}
+	exit 0 ;;
 esac
 
 #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2

config.h.win32

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* config.h.win32.  Handcrafted for Microsoft C */
+/* config.h.win32.  Handcrafted for Microsoft C and gcc -mno-cygwin */
 
 #if ! (defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__GNUC__))
 #error Unrecognized Win32 compiler, edit config.h.win32 by hand
@@ -185,3 +185,8 @@
 
 /* Define if you have the Wintab programmer's kit */
 #define HAVE_WINTAB 1
+
+/* Define if you have the <dimm.h> header file
+ * (available in the Platform SDK)
+*/
+/* #define HAVE_DIMM_H 1 */

config.sub

@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ case $os in
 	-scout)
 		;;
 	-wrs)
-		os=vxworks
+		os=-vxworks
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
 	-hiux*)
@@ -156,13 +156,17 @@ case $os in
 	-psos*)
 		os=-psos
 		;;
+	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
+		basic_machine=m68k-atari
+		os=-mint
+		;;
 esac
 
 # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
 case $basic_machine in
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
 	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
-	tahoe | i860 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \
+	tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \
 		| arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \
 		| 580 | i960 | h8300 \
 		| hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \
@@ -171,12 +175,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		| 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 | mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \
 		| mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
 		| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
-		| mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el \
+		| mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el | mcore \
 		| sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | v850 | c4x \
-		| thumb | d10v)
+		| thumb | d10v | fr30)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
-	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65)
+	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65 | pj | pjl)
 		;;
 
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
@@ -191,7 +195,8 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		exit 1
 		;;
 	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
+	# FIXME: clean up the formatting here.
+	vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \
 	      | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \
 	      | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \
 	      | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \
@@ -204,10 +209,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	      | sparc64-* | sparcv9-* | sparc86x-* | mips16-* | mips64-* | mipsel-* \
 	      | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
 	      | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
-	      | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	      | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* | mcore-* \
 	      | f301-* | armv*-* | t3e-* \
 	      | m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \
-	      | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* )
+	      | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* | fr30-* )
 		;;
 	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
 	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
@@ -425,7 +430,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		os=-mvs
 		;;
 # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means.  Should this be sysv3.2?
 	i[34567]86v32)
@@ -460,6 +464,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i386-unknown
 		os=-mingw32
 		;;
+	i386-qnx | qnx)
+		basic_machine=i386-qnx
+		;;
 	iris | iris4d)
 		basic_machine=mips-sgi
 		case $os in
@@ -488,7 +495,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	miniframe)
 		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
 		;;
-	*mint | *MiNT)
+	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
 		basic_machine=m68k-atari
 		os=-mint
 		;;
@@ -514,6 +521,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i386-unknown
 		os=-msdos
 		;;
+	mvs)
+		basic_machine=i370-ibm
+		os=-mvs
+		;;
 	ncr3000)
 		basic_machine=i486-ncr
 		os=-sysv4
@@ -523,7 +534,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		os=-netbsd
 		;;
 	netwinder)
-		basic_machine=armv4l-corel
+		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
 		os=-linux
 		;;
 	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
@@ -907,7 +918,7 @@ case $os in
 	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
 	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
 	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
-	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -openstep* | -oskit*)
+	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -opened* | -openstep* | -oskit*)
 	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
 		;;
 	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
@@ -926,6 +937,9 @@ case $os in
 	-sunos6*)
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
 		;;
+	-opened*)
+		os=-openedition
+		;;
 	-osfrose*)
 		os=-osfrose
 		;;
@@ -963,6 +977,9 @@ case $os in
 	-oss*)
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
+        -qnx)
+		os=-qnx4
+		;;
 	-svr4)
 		os=-sysv4
 		;;
@@ -1012,7 +1029,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-acorn)
 		os=-riscix1.2
 		;;
-	arm*-corel)
+	arm*-rebel)
 		os=-linux
 		;;
 	arm*-semi)
@@ -1186,7 +1203,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 			-genix*)
 				vendor=ns
 				;;
-			-mvs*)
+			-mvs* | -opened*)
 				vendor=ibm
 				;;
 			-ptx*)

configure.in

@@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim, [  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]],
 			, enable_xim="yes")
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim_inst, [  --disable-xim-inst      does not use xim instantiate callback],
 			, enable_xim_inst="maybe")
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(rebuilds, [  --disable-rebuilds      disable all source autogeneration rules],,enable_rebuilds=yes)
 AC_ARG_WITH(locale, [  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use ])
 
 AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
@@ -143,6 +144,9 @@ if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
 fi
 changequote([,])dnl
 
+# Honor aclocal flags
+ACLOCAL="$ACLOCAL $ACLOCAL_FLAGS"
+
 # define a MAINT-like variable REBUILD which is set if Perl
 # and awk are found, so autogenerated sources can be rebuilt
 
@@ -153,22 +157,36 @@ AC_CHECK_PROGS(PERL, perl5 perl)
 AC_CHECK_PROG(INDENT, indent, indent)
 
 REBUILD=\#
-if test -n "$PERL" && perl -v | grep 'version 5.' > /dev/null ; then
-  if test -n "$AWK" ; then 
-    REBUILD=
-  fi
+if test "x$enable_rebuilds" = "xyes" && \
+     test -n "$PERL" && \
+     $PERL -e 'exit !($] >= 5.002)' > /dev/null 2>&1 && \
+     test -n "$AWK" ; then
+  REBUILD=
 fi
 AC_SUBST(REBUILD)
 
 AC_CHECK_FUNCS(lstat)
 
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether make is GNU Make)
+STRIP_BEGIN=
+STRIP_END=
+if $ac_make --version 2>/dev/null | grep '^GNU Make ' >/dev/null ; then
+	STRIP_BEGIN='$(strip $(STRIP_DUMMY)'
+	STRIP_END=')'
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+STRIP_DUMMY=
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_DUMMY)
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_BEGIN)
+AC_SUBST(STRIP_END)
+
 # i18n stuff
-ALL_LINGUAS="ca cs da de el es et eu fr ga hr hu it ja ko nl no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv wa zh_TW.Big5"
+ALL_LINGUAS="ca cs da de el es et eu fi fr ga gl hr hu it ja ko lt nl no pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk sl sv tr uk wa zh_TW.Big5 zh_CN.GB2312"
 AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(gettext,
-	,
-	AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, gettext)
-)
+LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
+
 # AM_GTK_GNU_GETTEXT above substs $DATADIRNAME
 # this is the directory where the *.{mo,gmo} files are installed
 gtklocaledir='${prefix}/${DATADIRNAME}/locale'
@@ -191,8 +209,10 @@ AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
          AC_MSG_RESULT()
          CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
          AC_MSG_WARN(
-                [No ANSI prototypes found in library. (-std1 didn't work.)])
-     )
+                [No ANSI prototypes found in library. (-std1 didn't work.)]),
+	 true
+     ),
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed)
 )
 LIBS=$gtk_save_LIBS
 
@@ -201,10 +221,12 @@ GTK_LIBS_EXTRA=
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(for the BeOS)
 case $host in
   *-*-beos*)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
     GTK_LIBS_EXTRA="-L\$(top_builddir_full)/gdk/.libs -lgdk"
     MATH_LIB=
   ;;
-  default)
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
   ;;
 esac
 AC_SUBST(MATH_LIB)
@@ -230,16 +252,16 @@ fi
 if test x$with_glib = x ; then 
   # Look for separately installed glib
 
-  AM_PATH_GLIB(1.3.0,,
+  AM_PATH_GLIB(1.3.1,,
     AC_MSG_ERROR([
 *** GLIB 1.3.0 or better is required. The latest version of GLIB
 *** is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org/.]),
-    gmodule gthread)
+    gobject gmodule gthread)
 
   # we do not want to make all gtk progs to link to thread libraries.
-  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --cflags`
+  glib_cflags=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gobject gmodule --cflags`
   glib_thread_cflags="$GLIB_CFLAGS"
-  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gmodule --libs`
+  glib_libs=`$GLIB_CONFIG glib gobject gmodule --libs`
   glib_thread_libs="$GLIB_LIBS"
   GLIB_LIBS="$glib_libs"
   GLIB_DEPLIBS="$glib_libs"
@@ -388,6 +410,9 @@ else
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_NONE)
 fi
 
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XINPUT_GXI, test x$with_xinput = xgxi)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(XINPUT_XFREE, test x$with_xinput = xxfree)
+
 CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
 LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
 
@@ -432,11 +457,12 @@ main ()
   return setlocale (LC_ALL, "${with_locale}") == NULL;
 }],
 need_x_locale=no,
-need_x_locale=yes)
+need_x_locale=yes,
+need_x_locale=no)
 AC_MSG_RESULT($need_x_locale)
 
 if test $need_x_locale = yes; then
-  GTK_LOCALE_CFLAGS="-DX_LOCALE"
+  GTK_LOCALE_FLAGS="-DX_LOCALE"
 fi
 
 # Checks for header files.
@@ -577,7 +603,7 @@ esac
 ],[
 # Currently we always use X11 on those systems where we run configure...
 gdk_windowing='
-#define GDK_WINDOWING GDK_WINDOWING_X11'
+#define GDK_WINDOWING_X11'
 if test x$gdk_wchar_h = xyes; then
   gdk_wc='
 #define GDK_HAVE_WCHAR_H 1'
@@ -596,11 +622,15 @@ fi
 
 AC_OUTPUT([
 gtk+.spec
+docs/gtk-config.1
 Makefile
 gtk-config
 po/Makefile.in
 docs/Makefile
 gdk/Makefile
+gdk/x11/Makefile
+gdk/win32/Makefile
 gtk/Makefile
+gtk/gtkfeatures.h
 gtk/gtkcompat.h
 ], [chmod +x gtk-config])

demos/testpixbuf.c

@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-
-/* testpixbuf -- test program for gdk-pixbuf code
- * Copyright (C) 1999 Mark Crichton, Larry Ewing
- *
- * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
- * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
- * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
- * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
- * Library General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
- * License along with this library; if not, write to the
- * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-#include "gdk-pixbuf.h"
-
-static void
-quit_func (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer dummy)
-{
-  gtk_main_quit ();
-}
-
-expose_func (GtkWidget *drawing_area, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
-{
-  GdkPixBuf *pixbuf;
-  gint x1, y1, x2, y2;
-
-  pixbuf = (GdkPixBuf *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(drawing_area), "pixbuf");
-
-  if (pixbuf->art_pixbuf->has_alpha){
-    gdk_draw_rgb_32_image (drawing_area->window,
-			   drawing_area->style->black_gc,
-			   event->area.x, event->area.y, 
-			   event->area.width, 
-			   event->area.height,
-			   GDK_RGB_DITHER_MAX, 
-			   pixbuf->art_pixbuf->pixels 
-			   + (event->area.y * pixbuf->art_pixbuf->rowstride) 
-			   + (event->area.x * pixbuf->art_pixbuf->n_channels),
-			   pixbuf->art_pixbuf->rowstride);
-  }else{
-    gdk_draw_rgb_image (drawing_area->window,
-			drawing_area->style->white_gc,
-			event->area.x, event->area.y, 
-			event->area.width, 
-			event->area.height,
-			GDK_RGB_DITHER_NORMAL,
-			pixbuf->art_pixbuf->pixels 
-			+ (event->area.y * pixbuf->art_pixbuf->rowstride) 
-			+ (event->area.x * pixbuf->art_pixbuf->n_channels),
-			pixbuf->art_pixbuf->rowstride);
-  }
-}  
-
-config_func (GtkWidget *drawing_area, GdkEventConfigure *event, gpointer data)
-{
-    GdkPixBuf *pixbuf, *spb;
-    
-    pixbuf = (GdkPixBuf *)gtk_object_get_data(GTK_OBJECT(drawing_area), "pixbuf");
-
-    g_print("X:%d Y:%d\n", event->width, event->height);
-
-    if (((event->width) != (pixbuf->art_pixbuf->width)) ||
-	((event->height) != (pixbuf->art_pixbuf->height))) 
-        gdk_pixbuf_scale(pixbuf, event->width, event->height);
-
-}
-
-void
-new_testrgb_window (GdkPixBuf *pixbuf)
-{
-  GtkWidget *window;
-  GtkWidget *vbox;
-  GtkWidget *button;
-  GtkWidget *drawing_area;
-  gint w, h;
- 
-  w = pixbuf->art_pixbuf->width;
-  h = pixbuf->art_pixbuf->height;
-
-  window = gtk_widget_new (gtk_window_get_type (),
-			   "GtkObject::user_data", NULL,
-			   "GtkWindow::type", GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL,
-			   "GtkWindow::title", "testrgb",
-			   "GtkWindow::allow_shrink", TRUE,
-			   NULL);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
-		      (GtkSignalFunc) quit_func, NULL);
-
-  vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
-
-  drawing_area = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
-
-  gtk_drawing_area_size (GTK_DRAWING_AREA(drawing_area), w, h);
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), drawing_area, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
-
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(drawing_area), "expose_event",
-		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(expose_func), NULL);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(drawing_area), "configure_event",
-		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (config_func), NULL);
-
-  gtk_object_set_data (GTK_OBJECT(drawing_area), "pixbuf", pixbuf);
-
-  gtk_widget_show (drawing_area);
-
-  button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Quit");
-  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), button, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
-  gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
-			     (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_widget_destroy,
-			     GTK_OBJECT (window));
-
-  gtk_widget_show (button);
-
-  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
-  gtk_widget_show (vbox);
-
-  gtk_widget_show (window);
-}
-
-int
-main (int argc, char **argv)
-{
-  int i;
-  int found_valid = FALSE; 
-
-  GdkPixBuf *pixbuf;
-
-  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
-
-  gdk_rgb_set_verbose (TRUE);
-
-  gdk_rgb_init ();
-
-  gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (gdk_rgb_get_cmap ());
-  gtk_widget_set_default_visual (gdk_rgb_get_visual ());
-
-  i = 1;
-  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
-    {
-      pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_load_image (argv[i]);
-      pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_rotate(pixbuf, 10.0);
-      
-      if (pixbuf)
-	{
-	  new_testrgb_window (pixbuf);
-	  found_valid = TRUE;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (found_valid)
-    gtk_main ();
-
-  return 0;
-}

docs/.cvsignore

@@ -18,3 +18,5 @@ Makefile.in
 *.vrs
 html
 text
+texinfo.tex
+gtk-config.1

docs/Changes-1.4.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+Incompatible Changes from GTK+-1.2 to GTK+-1.4:
+
+* The gdk_time* functions have been removed. This functionality
+  has been unused since the main loop was moved into GLib
+  prior to 1.2. 
+
+* The signature for GtkPrintFunc (used for gtk_item_factory_dump_items)
+  has been changed to take a 'const gchar *' instead of 'gchar *', to
+  match what we do for glib, and other similar cases.
+
+* The detail arguments in the GtkStyleClass structure are now 'const gchar *'.
+
+* gtk_paned_set_gutter_size() has been removed, since the small handle tab
+  has been changed to include the entire area previously occupied by
+  the gutter.
+
+* GDK no longer selects OwnerGrabButtonMask for button presses. This means  
+  that the automatic grab that occurs when the user presses a button
+  will have owner_events = FALSE, so all events are redirected to the
+  grab window, even events that would normally go to  other windows of the
+  window's owner.
+
+* GtkColorSelectionDialog has now been moved into it's own set of files,
+  gtkcolorseldialog.c and gtkcolorseldialog.h.
+
+* gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask() now keeps a reference count on the 
+  mask pixmap that is passed in.
+
+* Type system changes:
+  - GTK_TYPE_OBJECT is not a fundamental type anymore. Type checks of the
+    style (GTK_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE (some_type) == GTK_TYPE_OBJECT)
+    will not work anymore. As a replacement, (GTK_TYPE_IS_OBJECT (some_type))
+    can be used now.
+  - The following types vanished: GTK_TYPE_ARGS, GTK_TYPE_CALLBACK,
+    GTK_TYPE_C_CALLBACK, GTK_TYPE_FOREIGN. The corresponding GtkArg
+    fields and field access macros are also gone.
+  - The following type aliases vanished: GTK_TYPE_FLAT_FIRST,
+    GTK_TYPE_FLAT_LAST, GTK_TYPE_STRUCTURED_FIRST, GTK_TYPE_STRUCTURED_LAST.
+  - The type macros GTK_TYPE_MAKE() and GTK_TYPE_SEQNO() vanished, use of
+    GTK_FUNDAMENTAL_TYPE() is discouraged. Instead, the corresponding GType
+    API should be used: G_TYPE_FUNDAMENTAL(), G_TYPE_DERIVE_ID(),
+    G_TYPE_BRANCH_SEQNO(). Note that the GLib type system doesn't build new
+    type ids based on a global incremental sequential number anymore, but
+    numbers new type ids sequentially per fundamental type branch.
+  - The following type functions vanished/were replaced:
+    Old Function		 Replacement
+    gtk_type_query()		 - being investigated -
+    gtk_type_set_varargs_type()	 -
+    gtk_type_get_varargs_type()	 -
+    gtk_type_check_object_cast() g_type_check_instance_cast()
+    gtk_type_check_class_cast()	 g_type_check_class_cast()
+    gtk_type_describe_tree()	 -
+    gtk_type_describe_heritage() -
+    gtk_type_free()		 -
+    gtk_type_children_types()	 g_type_children()
+    gtk_type_set_chunk_alloc()	 GTypeInfo.n_preallocs
+    gtk_type_register_enum()	 g_enum_register_static()
+    gtk_type_register_flags()	 g_flags_register_static()
+    gtk_type_parent_class()	 g_type_parent() / g_type_class_peek_parent()
+    Use of g_type_class_ref() / g_type_class_unref() and g_type_class_peek()
+    is recommended over usage of gtk_type_class().
+    Use of g_type_register_static() / g_type_register_dynamic() is recommended
+    over usage of gtk_type_unique().
+
+* Object system changes:
+  GtkObject derives from GObject, so is not the basic object type anymore.
+  This imposes the following source incompatible changes:
+  - GtkObject has no klass field anymore, an object's class can be retrived
+    with the object's coresponding GTK_<OBJECT>_GET_CLASS (object) macro.
+  - GtkObjectClass has no type field anymore, a class's type can be retrived
+    with the GTK_CLASS_TYPE (class) macro.
+  - GtkObjectClass does not introduce the finalize() and shutdown() methods
+    anymore. While shutdown() is intended for GTK+ internal use only, finalize()
+    is required by a variety of object implementations. GObjectClass.finalize
+    should be overriden here, e.g.:
+    static void gtk_label_finalize (GObject *gobject)
+    {
+      GtkLabel *label = GTK_LABEL (gobject);
+      
+      G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
+    }
+    static void gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class)
+    {
+      GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (class);
+      
+      gobject_class->finalize = gtk_label_finalize;
+    }
+
+  - the GtkObject::destroy signal can now be emitted multiple times on an object.
+    ::destroy implementations should check that make sure that they take this
+    into account, by checking to make sure that resources are there before
+    freeing them. For example:
+    if (object->foo_data)
+      { 
+        g_free (object->foo_data);
+        object->foo_data = NULL;
+      }
+
+    Also, ::destroy implementations have to release object references that
+    the object holds. Code in finalize implementations such as:
+    if (object->adjustment)
+      {
+        gtk_object_unref (object->adjustment);
+        object->adjustment = NULL;
+      }
+    have to be moved into the ::destroy implementations. The reason for doing
+    this is that all object reference cycles should be broken at destruction 
+    time.

docs/Makefile.am

@@ -101,36 +101,7 @@ FAQ_FILES=html/gtkfaq.html		\
 	html/gtkfaq-7.html		\
 	text/gtkfaq.txt
 
-EXTRA_DIST =	\
-	gtk-config.1		\
-	texinfo.tex 		\
-	macros.texi		\
-	gtkdocs_fix		\
-	gtkfaq.sgml		\
-        gtk-config.txt          \
-	gtk_tut.sgml		\
-	gtk_tut_it.sgml		\
-	gtk_tut_fr.sgml		\
-	debugging.txt		\
-	developers.txt		\
-	refcounting.txt		\
-	styles.txt		\
-	text_widget.txt 	\
-	widget_system.txt 	\
-	gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
-	gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
-	html/gtk_tut_table.gif	\
-	html/gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
-	html/gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
-	gtk_tut_table.gif	\
-	html/gdk.html            	\
-	html/gdk_toc.html        	\
-	html/gtk.html            	\
-	html/gtk_toc.html        	\
-	$(TUTORIAL_FILES)		\
-	$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES)		\
-	$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES)		\
-	$(FAQ_FILES)
+html/gtk_tut_table.gif: gdk.html gtk.html
 
 .PHONY: html htmldir faq tutorial tutorial_it tutorial_fr files
 
@@ -195,3 +166,36 @@ files:
 	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
 	  echo $$p; \
 	done
+
+EXTRA_DIST += \
+	Changes-1.2.txt			\
+	debugging.txt			\
+	developers.txt			\
+	refcounting.txt			\
+	styles.txt			\
+	text_widget.txt 		\
+	widget_system.txt 		\
+	generation.txt			\
+        gtk-config.txt  	        \
+	gtk-config.1.in			\
+	texinfo.tex 			\
+	macros.texi			\
+	gtkdocs_fix			\
+	gtkfaq.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut_it.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut_fr.sgml			\
+	gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 		\
+	gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 		\
+	html/gtk_tut_table.gif		\
+	html/gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
+	html/gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
+	gtk_tut_table.gif		\
+	html/gdk.html            	\
+	html/gdk_toc.html        	\
+	html/gtk.html            	\
+	html/gtk_toc.html        	\
+	$(TUTORIAL_FILES)		\
+	$(TUTORIAL_FR_FILES)		\
+	$(TUTORIAL_IT_FILES)		\
+	$(FAQ_FILES)

docs/defsformat.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+
+The overall syntax is:
+
+     (type-of-thing-being-defined  name-used-to-refer-to-this-thing
+       (attribute-name  attribute-value-depending-on-the-attribute)
+       (attribute-name  attribute-value-depending-on-the-attribute)
+       (attribute-name  attribute-value-depending-on-the-attribute))
+
+Some definitions can have a c-declaration field that gives the C code
+we parsed to arrive at the definition. The c-declaration is a quoted
+string because it can contain parentheses and such.
+
+Defined types and their attributes:
+
+===
+(module module-name
+  (submodule-of module-name)) ;; submodule is optional
+
+Ex: (module Gtk)
+Ex: (module Rgb
+      (submodule-of Gdk))
+
+modules are later referred to with a list of module names, like 
+(Gdk Rgb) or (Gtk)
+
+Object and boxed type definitions automatically create a submodule.
+For example, GtkCList creates the module (module CList (submodule-of
+(Gtk))) which is referred to as module (Gtk CList).
+
+===
+
+(type
+ (alias some-unique-identifier)
+ (in-module module-name)   ;; optional, gchar* is not in a module
+ (gtk-type-id gtk-type-system-id) ;; optional, absent if this is not
+                                  ;; in the type system
+ (is-parametric boolean)          ;; optional default to #f
+ (in-c-name name-of-symbol-in-C)
+ (out-c-name name-of-symbol-in-C)
+ (inout-c-name name-of-symbol-in-C))
+
+Ex: (type
+     (alias string)
+     (gtk-type-id GTK_TYPE_STRING)
+     (in-c-name "const gchar*")
+     (out-c-name "gchar**")      ;; actually I'm not sure how strings work out/inout
+     (inout-c-name "gchar*"))
+
+ (type
+     (alias list)
+     (gtk-type-id GTK_TYPE_POINTER)
+     (is-parametric #t)
+     (in-c-name "GList*")
+     (out-c-name "GList**")
+     (inout-c-name "GList**"))
+
+
+ ;; This one would be implied by the (object) def for GtkWidget I
+ ;; think - (type) is only required for types that are not implied
+ ;; by other definitions, such as int/boolean/etc.
+ 
+    (type
+     (alias GtkWidget)
+     (in-module (Gtk))
+     (gtk-type-id GTK_TYPE_WIDGET)
+     (in-c-name "GtkWidget*")
+     (inout-c-name "GtkWidget*")
+     (out-c-name "GtkWidget**"))
+
+"Type" bindings are automatically assumed for objects, boxed types,
+etc. as defined below.
+
+The alias field is used to refer to the type later on.
+
+Whenever a type alias can be used, it is also possible to use the
+keyword "native", which implies that the type in question is too
+C-specific to represent. Then a c-declaration will typically be
+available for use.
+
+C types containing [] or () are function pointers or arrays. For
+arrays that don't specify a size, we just treat them as pointers. For
+function pointers, we need special (type) syntax/attributes of some
+kind, but since there basically aren't any of these right now in the
+libs we care about we can just ignore them. For arrays that specify a
+size ditto, you would handle them by adding an (array-size) attribute
+or something or using the "native" keyword and skipping the (type)
+stuff.
+
+===
+(object object-name
+   (in-module module-name-list)
+   (parent object-name optional-module-name-if-different)
+   (abstract boolean-is-abstract-class) ;; omit for default of #f
+   (c-name name-of-the-object-in-C)
+   (field (type-and-name type-alias-of-struct-field name-of-struct-field)
+          (access read-or-write-or-readwrite)))
+   
+
+Ex: (object Widget
+      (in-module (Gtk))
+      (parent Object)      ;; could say (parent Object (Gtk))
+      (abstract #t)
+      (c-name GtkWidget)
+      (field (type-and-name GdkWindow* window) (access read)))
+
+An "object" declaration automatically implies the type definition:
+
+(type
+  (alias concat-module-elements-and-object-name)
+  (in-c-name pointer-to-c-name)
+  (out-c-name pointer-to-pointer-to-c-name)
+  (inout-c-name pointer-to-c-name))
+
+Ex: 
+ (type (alias GtkWidget) 
+       (in-c-name GtkWidget*) 
+       (out-c-name GtkWidget**) 
+       (inout-c-name GtkWidget*))
+
+It also implies a module that is the name broken into parts:
+ (module CTree
+   (submodule-of Gtk))
+
+===
+
+(function function-name
+  (in-module module-name-list) ;; "static methods" go in their
+                               ;;  object's module
+  (is-constructor-of object-type-alias) ;; optional, marks a constructor
+  (c-name function-name)
+  (return-type return-value-type) ;; defaults to void
+  (caller-owns-return boolean-value) ;; defaults to #f
+  (can-return-null boolean-value) ;; defaults to #t
+  (parameter in-or-out-or-inout 
+      (type-and-name parameter-type-alias parameter-name)
+      (type-parameter name-of-contained-type) ;; optional, requires parametric type
+      (c-declaration "c-type-and-name")) ;; c-declaration only required
+                                         ;; if the type alias is "native"
+  (varargs #t) ;; has varargs at the end
+)
+
+Ex:
+  (function init
+    (in-module (Gdk Rgb)
+    (c-name gdk_rgb_init)))
+
+Ex: 
+  (function new
+    (in-module (Gdk Rgb Cmap))
+    (is-constructor-of GdkRgbCmap)
+    (c-name gdk_rgb_cmap_new)
+    (return-type GdkRgbCmap)
+    (caller-owns-return #t)   ;; perhaps this could be implied by is-constructor-of
+    (parameter in (type-and-name array-of-guint32 colors))
+    (parameter in (type-and-name gint n_colors)))
+
+Ex:
+  (function config_set_set_handler
+   (in-module (Gnome))
+   (c-name gnome_config_set_set_handler)
+   (parameter in (type-and-name native func)
+                 (c-declaration "void (*func)(void*)"))
+   (parameter in (type-and-name gpointer data)))  
+
+===
+(method method-name
+  (of-object object-name module-name)
+  ;; retval/arg attributes as for (function), but with first parameter
+  ;; omitted for non-constructors
+   )
+ 
+Ex:
+  (method set_text
+     (of-object Label (Gtk))
+     (parameter (type-and-name const-gchar* str)))
+
+===
+(object-argument arg-name
+   (of-object object-we-are-an-argument-of optional-objects-module)
+   (type-id argument-type)       ;; GTK_TYPE_OBJECT etc.
+   ;; flags all default to #f
+   (readable bool-value)
+   (writeable bool-value)
+   (construct-only bool-value))
+
+Ex:
+  (object-argument label
+     (of-object Label (Gtk))
+     (type GTK_TYPE_STRING)
+     (readable #t)
+     (writeable #t))
+
+=== 
+(signal signal-name
+  (run-action bool-value)
+  (run-first bool-value)
+  (run-last bool-value)
+  (of-object object-we-are-a-signal-of optional-objects-module)
+  ;; return value and parameters as for a function, omitting the object
+  ;; and user data parameters
+
+  ;; what other properties matter for a signal?
+)
+
+Ex:
+  (signal select_row
+     (of-object CList (Gtk))
+     (run-first #t)
+     ;; return type defaults to void
+     (parameter in (type-and-name gint row))
+     (parameter in (type-and-name gint column))
+     (parameter in (type-and-name GdkEvent* event)))
+
+=== 
+(enum enum-name
+  (in-module modname)
+  (c-name name-in-c)
+  (value (nick value-name-noprefixes-hyphen-lowercase) (c-name value-c-name)))
+
+Ex:
+
+  (enum DirectionType
+    (in-module Gtk)
+    (c-name GtkDirectionType)
+    (value (nick tab-forward) (c-name GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD))
+    (value (nick tab-backward) (c-name GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD))
+    (value (nick up) (c-name GTK_DIR_UP))
+    (value (nick down) (c-name GTK_DIR_DOWN))
+    (value (nick left) (c-name GTK_DIR_LEFT))
+    (value (nick right) (c-name GTK_DIR_RIGHT)))
+
+  (enum Pos
+    (in-module (Gtk CTree))
+    (c-name GtkCTreePos)
+    (value (nick before) (c-name GTK_CTREE_POS_BEFORE))
+    (value (nick as-child) (c-name GTK_CTREE_POS_AS_CHILD))
+    (value (nick after) (c-name GTK_CTREE_POS_AFTER)))
+
+===
+(flags) is just like enum, but some bindings may wrap enums and flags differently.
+    
+===
+
+(boxed boxed-name
+  (in-module modname)
+  (c-name c-name)
+  (ref-func func-to-increase-refcount)
+  (copy-func func-to-copy)
+  (release-func func-to-destroy-or-decrement-refcount)
+  (field (type-and-name type-alias-of-struct-field name-of-struct-field) (access access-rule)))
+
+It is never OK to use memcpy() to copy a boxed type, or use
+malloc()/free() to alloc/free one.
+
+Ex:
+
+ (boxed Pixmap
+   (in-module (Gdk))
+   (c-name GdkPixmap)
+   (ref-func pixmap_ref)
+   (release-func pixmap_unref))
+
+An "object" declaration automatically implies the type definition:
+
+(type
+  (alias concat-module-elements-and-boxed-name)
+  (in-c-name pointer-to-c-name)
+  (out-c-name pointer-to-pointer-to-c-name)
+  (inout-c-name pointer-to-c-name))
+
+Ex: 
+ (type (alias GdkPixmap) 
+       (in-c-name GdkPixmap*) 
+       (out-c-name GdkPixmap**) 
+       (inout-c-name GdkPixmap*))
+
+
+===
+
+(struct struct-name
+  (in-module modname)
+  (c-name c-name)
+  (field (type-and-name type-alias-of-struct-field name-of-struct-field) (access access-rule)))
+
+Unlike a boxed type, a struct type can be copied with memcpy() and
+allocated on the stack or with g_malloc().
+
+Ex:
+ (struct Rectangle
+   (in-module (Gdk))
+   (c-name GdkRectangle)
+   (field (type-and-name gint16 x) (access readwrite))
+   (field (type-and-name gint16 y) (access readwrite))
+   (field (type-and-name guint16 width) (access readwrite))
+   (field (type-and-name guint16 height) (access readwrite)))
+
+Implies GdkRectangle type alias:
+
+ (type (alias GdkRectangle) 
+       (in-c-name GdkRectangle*) 
+       (out-c-name GdkRectangle*)    ;; note - not the same as boxed types 
+       (inout-c-name GdkRectangle*))
+
+===
+
+(user-function name
+  (in-module module)
+  (c-name c-typedef-name)
+  ;; return-type and parameters as for (function)
+)
+
+Ex:
+
+ (user-function PrintFunc
+    (in-module (Gtk))
+    (parameter in (type-and-name gpointer func_data))
+    (parameter in (type-and-name gchar* str)))
+
+===
+
+(typedef new-name
+  (in-module module)
+  (c-name c-full-name)
+  (orig-type alias-of-orig-type))
+
+Ex:
+
+ (typedef Type
+   (in-module (Gtk))
+   (c-name GtkType)
+   (orig-type guint))
+
+
+
+
+  
+   
+

docs/es/gtk.html

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html" REL=next>
+
+
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H1>GTK+ FAQ</H1>
+
+ 
+<H2>Nathan Froyd, Tony Gale, Shawn T. Amundson.</H2>Seis de Julio de 1998
+<P><HR NOSHADE>
+<EM>La intención de este documento es dar respuesta a las preguntas
+realizadas con más frecuencia por parte de los programadores que utilizan GTK+ o simplemente por personas que desean utilizar GTK+. </EM>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Información General</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.1">1.1 Autores</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.2">1.2 ¿Qué es GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.3">1.3 ¿Qué es el + en GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.4">1.4 ¿La G en GTK+ significa General, Gimp, o GNU?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.5">1.5 ¿Dónde está la documentación para GTK?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.6">1.6 ¿Hay alguna lista de correo (o archivo de lista de correo) para GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.7">1.7 ¿La lista gtk-list no ha tenido tráfico alguno por días,</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.8">1.8 Cómo conseguir ayuda con GTK+</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.9">1.9 Cómo reportar errores en GTK+</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.10">1.10 ¿Qué aplicaciones se han escrito con GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.11">1.11 Estoy buscando una aplicación que escribir en GTK+. ¿Qué tal un cliente IRC?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html">Cómo encontrar, configurar, instalar y comprobar GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.1">2.1 ¿Qué necesito para correr GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.2">2.2 ¿Dónde puedo conseguir GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.3">2.3 ¿Cómo configuro/compilo GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.4">2.4 Cuando compilo GTK+ obtengo un error como: <CODE>make: file `Makefile' line 456: Syntax error</CODE></A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.5">2.5 ¡He compilado e instalado GTK+, pero no puedo lograr que los programas se enlacen con él!</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.6">2.6 Cuando compilo programas con GTK+, obtengo mensajes de error del compilador diciendo que no es capaz de encontrar <CODE>"glibconfig.h"</CODE>.</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.7">2.7 Cuando instalo El GIMP, configure reporta que no puede encontrar GTK.</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc3">3.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html">Desarrollo de GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.1">3.1 ¿Qué es esta cosa CVS de la cual todo el mundo habla, y cómo puedo acceder a ella?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.2">3.2 ¿Cómo puedo contribuír a GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.3">3.3 ¿Cómo averiguo si mi parche fue aplicado, y si no, por qué no?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.4">3.4 ¿Cuál es la política sobre la incorporación de nuevos <EM>widgets</EM> en la librería?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.5">3.5 ¿Hay alguien trabajando en atamientos para otros lenguajes distintos a C?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc4">4.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html">Desarrollo con GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.1">4.1 ¿Cómo empiezo?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.2">4.2 ¿Qué <EM>widgets</EM> existen en GTK?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.3">4.3 ¿GTK+ es seguro ante múltiples hilos?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.4">4.4 ¿Cómo puedo prevenir el redibujar y reacomodar tamaños mientras cambio múltiples <EM>widgets</EM>?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.5">4.5 ¿Cómo atrapo un evento de doble tecleo (en un <EM>widget</EM> de lista, por ejemplo)?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.6">4.6 ¿Cómo puedo averiguar cuál es la selección de un GtkList?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.7">4.7 ¿Acaso es posible desplegar un texto que se recorte para que quepa dentro del lugar que tenga asignado?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.8">4.8 ¿Por qué el contenido de un botón no se mueve al presionar el botón? Aquí les envío un parche para que funcione de esa forma...</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.9">4.9 ¿Cómo puedo definir una línea de separación como en un menú?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.10">4.10 ¿Cómo puedo darle justificación a la derecha a un menú, como Help, cuando utilizo MenuFactory?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.11">4.11 ¿Cómo hago mi ventana modal? / ¿Cómo hago una sóla ventana activa?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.12">4.12 ¿Por qué mi <EM>widget</EM> (ej. progressbar) no se actualiza?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc5">5.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html">Acerca de gdk</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html#ss5.1">5.1 ¿Qué es gdk?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html#ss5.2">5.2 ¿Cómo utilizo la asignación de colores?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc6">6.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html">Acerca de glib</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html#ss6.1">6.1 ¿Qué es glib?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html#ss6.2">6.2 ¿Por qué utilizar g_print, g_malloc, g_strdup y funciones compañeras de glib?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc7">7.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-7.html">Contribuciones al GTK+ FAQ, Mantenedores y Copyright</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-7.html#ss7.1">7.1 Nota del Traductor</A>
+</UL>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es-1.html

@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ: Información General</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html" REL=next>
+
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc1" REL=contents>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H2><A NAME="s1">1. Información General</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.1">1.1 Autores</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Los autores de GTK+ son:
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>Peter Mattis    (petm@xcf.berkeley.edu)</LI>
+<LI>Spencer Kimball (spencer@xcf.berkeley.edu)</LI>
+<LI>Josh MacDonald  (jmacd@xcf.berkeley.edu)</LI>
+</UL>
+
+GTK+ se ditribuye bajo la licencia de Librería Pública General de GNU
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.2">1.2 ¿Qué es GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>GTK+ es un pequeño y eficiente conjunto de <EM>widgets</EM>, diseñados
+con un aspecto y sentir general a Motif. Contiene <EM>widgets</EM> comúnes
+y algúnos <EM>widgets</EM> más complejos como una selección de
+archivos, y <EM>widgets</EM> de selección de colores.
+<P>GTK+ proporciona algunas características únicas. (No tengo conocimiento
+de otra librería de <EM>widge>
+<HR><H3>Transfer interrupted!</H3>
+enos).
+Por ejemplo, un botón no contiene una etiqueta, contiene un <EM>widget</EM>
+hijo, que en muchas instancias será una etiqueta. Sin embargo, el
+<EM>widget</EM> hijo también puede ser un <EM>pixmap</EM> (mapa de pixels),
+imagén o cualquier combinación posible que desee el programador. Toda la
+librería es así de flexible.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.3">1.3 ¿Qué es el + en GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Peter Mattis informó a la lista de correo gtk:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+"Escribí originalmente gtk el cual incluía tres librerías,
+libglib, libgdk y libgtk. Era caracterizado por una jerarquía de
+<EM>widget</EM> plana. O sea, no podías derivar un nuevo
+<EM>widget</EM> de uno ya existente. Contenía un mecanismo de
+<EM>callback</EM> (llamada) más estándar en lugar del mecanismo
+de señales ahora presente en gtk+. El + fue agregado para distinguir
+entre la versión original de gtk y la nueva versión. Pueden pensar
+en ello como una ampliación al gtk original que agrega características
+orientadas o objetos."
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.4">1.4 ¿La G en GTK+ significa General, Gimp, o GNU?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Peter Mattis informó a la lista de correo gtk:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+"Pienso que la última vez que Spencer y yo hablamos al respecto nos
+decidimos por GTK = Gimp ToolKit. Pero no estoy seguro. Sin embargo,
+definitivamente no es GNU."
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.5">1.5 ¿Dónde está la documentación para GTK?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P> 
+En el directorio doc/ de la distribución de GTK+ encontrarás
+el material de referencia para GTK y GDK, este FAQ y el tutor de GTK.
+<P>Adicionalmente, puedes encontrar enlaces a versiones HTML de estos
+documentos al ir a 
+<A HREF="http://www.gtk.org/">http://www.gtk.org/</A>.
+<P>El Tutor y el FAQ también se pueden encontrar en
+<A HREF="http://www.geocities.com/ResearchTriangle/Lab/4299/">http://www.geocities.com/ResearchTriangle/Lab/4299/</A>.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.6">1.6 ¿Hay alguna lista de correo (o archivo de lista de correo) para GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Hay dos listas de correo:
+<UL>
+<LI>Una lista de correo para la discusión del desarrollo de aplicaciones
+basadas en GTK se hospeda en gtk-app-devel-list@redhat.com. Para suscribirse
+envíe un correo electrónico a 
+<A HREF="mailto:gtk-app-devel-list-request@redhat.com">gtk-app-devel-list-request@redhat.com</A> con <EM>subscribe</EM> en el
+campo <B>subject</B>.
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Una lista de correo para la discusión del desarrollo de GTK se hospeda
+en gtk-list@redhat.com. Para suscribirse envíe un correo electrónico 
+a 
+<A HREF="mailto:gtk-list-request@redhat.com">gtk-list-request@redhat.com</A> con <EM>subscribe</EM>
+en el campo <B>subject</B>.
+<P>Un archivo escudriñable de la lista de correo puede ser encontrado en
+<A HREF="http://archive.redhat.com/gtk-list">http://archive.redhat.com/gtk-list</A></LI>
+</UL>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.7">1.7 ¿La lista gtk-list no ha tenido tráfico alguno por días,</A>
+está muerta?</H2>
+
+<P>No, todos están ocupados codificando.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.8">1.8 Cómo conseguir ayuda con GTK+</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Primero, asegúrate que tu pregunta no esté respondida en la 
+documentación, este FAQ o el tutor. ¿Hecho? ¿Estás seguro de que 
+lo has hecho, verdad? En ese caso, el mejor lugar para hacer preguntas es
+la lista de correo de GTK+.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.9">1.9 Cómo reportar errores en GTK+</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Los reportes de errores se deben enviar a la lista de correo de GTK+.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.10">1.10 ¿Qué aplicaciones se han escrito con GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Algunas aplicaciones que utilizan GTK+ son:
+<UL>
+<LI>GIMP (
+<A HREF="http://www.XCF.Berkeley.EDU/~gimp/">http://www.XCF.Berkeley.EDU/~gimp/</A> ), 
+un programa de manipulación de imágenes</LI>
+<LI>Gsumi (
+<A HREF="http://www.msc.cornell.edu/~otaylor/gsumi/gsumi.html">http://www.msc.cornell.edu/~otaylor/gsumi/gsumi.html</A>),
+un divertido programa para rayar en blanco y negro con soporte para 
+XInput.</LI>
+<LI>GUBI (
+<A HREF="http://www.SoftHome.net/pub/users/timj/gubi/index.htm">http://www.SoftHome.net/pub/users/timj/gubi/index.htm</A>),
+un constructor de interface de usuario</LI>
+<LI>Gzilla (
+<A HREF="http://www.levien.com/gzilla/">http://www.levien.com/gzilla/</A>),
+un navegador del web</LI>
+<LI>SANE (
+<A HREF="http://www.azstarnet.com/~axplinux/sane/">http://www.azstarnet.com/~axplinux/sane/</A> ),
+una interface universal para <EM>scanner</EM></LI>
+<LI>XQF (
+<A HREF="http://www.botik.ru/~roma/quake/">http://www.botik.ru/~roma/quake/</A>),
+un lanzador y navegador de servidores de QuakeWorld/Quake2</LI>
+<LI>ElectricEyes (
+<A HREF="http://www.labs.redhat.com/ee.shtml">http://www.labs.redhat.com/ee.shtml</A>),
+un visor de imágenes que se dirige a ser un reemplazo libre de xv</LI>
+<LI>GPK - the General Proxy Kit (
+<A HREF="http://www.humanfactor.com/gpk/">http://www.humanfactor.com/gpk/</A>),
+una librería agregable que permite accesso seguro a GTK+
+ante múltiples hilos</LI>
+<LI>GCK - the General Convenience Kit (
+<A HREF="http://www.ii.uib.no/~tomb/gck.html">http://www.ii.uib.no/~tomb/gck.html</A>),
+funciones misceláneas cuya intención es facilitar el manejo de
+colores, construcción de IU (interfaces de usuario), operaciones
+vectoriales, y funciones matemáticas</LI>
+<LI>GDK Imlib (
+<A HREF="http://www.labs.redhat.com/imlib/">http://www.labs.redhat.com/imlib/</A>),
+una librería de manipulación y carga rápida de imágenes para
+GDK      </LI>
+</UL>
+<P>Adicionalmente a lo de arriba, el proyecto GNOME 
+(
+<A HREF="http://www.gnome.org">http://www.gnome.org</A>)
+utiliza GTK+ para construír un escritorio libre para Linux. Muchos más 
+programas pueden ser encontrados ahí.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.11">1.11 Estoy buscando una aplicación que escribir en GTK+. ¿Qué tal un cliente IRC?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P> 
+<P>Pregunte en gtk-list para sugerencias. Actualmente hay por lo menos cuatro
+clientes IRC endesarrollo.
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>girc. (Incluído con GNOME)</LI>
+<LI>Bezerk (
+<A HREF="http://www.gtk.org/~trog/">http://www.gtk.org/~trog/</A>)</LI>
+<LI>gsirc. (¿Localización?)</LI>
+<LI>Gnirc. (
+<A HREF="http://www.imaginet.fr/~dramboz/gnirc">http://www.imaginet.fr/~dramboz/gnirc</A>)</LI>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<P>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es-2.html

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ: Cómo encontrar, configurar, instalar y comprobar GTK+</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc2" REL=contents>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H2><A NAME="s2">2. Cómo encontrar, configurar, instalar y comprobar GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.1">2.1 ¿Qué necesito para correr GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Para compilar GTK+, todo lo que necesita es un compilador de C (gcc) y
+el Sistema X Windows y librerías asociadas en su sistema.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.2">2.2 ¿Dónde puedo conseguir GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>El sitio canónico es:
+<PRE>
+ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk
+</PRE>
+
+Por supuesto, cualquier espejo de ftp.gtk.org debe tener las últimas
+versiones también.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.3">2.3 ¿Cómo configuro/compilo GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Por lo general, todo lo que necesita es emititir los comandos:
+<PRE>
+./configure
+make
+</PRE>
+
+en el directorio gtk+-version/.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.4">2.4 Cuando compilo GTK+ obtengo un error como: <CODE>make: file `Makefile' line 456: Syntax error</CODE></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Asegúrese de que utiliza GNU make (verifique con <CODE>make -v</CODE>). Hay
+varias versiones extrañas y maravillosas de make por ahí, y no todas
+manejan los <EM>Makefiles</EM> generados automáticamente.
+<P>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.5">2.5 ¡He compilado e instalado GTK+, pero no puedo lograr que los programas se enlacen con él!</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Este problema se encuentra comúnmente cuando las librerías GTK+ no pueden
+ser localizadas o tienen la versión incorrecta. Generalmente, el compilador
+se quejará de un 'unresolved symbol' (símbolo no resuelto). Hay dos cosas
+que necesita verificar:
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>Asegúrese de que las librerías pueden ser encontradas. Usted desea editar
+/etc/ld.so.conf para incluír los directorios que contienen las librerías
+GTK, de manera que luzca como:
+<PRE>
+/usr/X11R6/lib
+/usr/local/lib
+</PRE>
+
+Luego necesita correr /sbin/ldconfig como root. Puede encontrar que directorio
+utiliza GTK al ejecutar
+<PRE>
+gtk-config --libs
+</PRE>
+
+
+Si su sitema no utiliza ld.so para encontrar librerías (como Solaris),
+entonces tendrá que utilizar la variable de ambiente LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+(o compilar el camino en su programa, lo cual no voy a cubrir aquí). Así
+que, con un shell tipo Bourne usted puede hacer (si sus librerías GTK
+están en /usr/local/lib):
+<PRE>
+export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/local/lib
+</PRE>
+
+y en un csh, usted puede hacer:
+<PRE>
+setenv LD_LIBRARY_PATH /usr/local/lib
+</PRE>
+
+</LI>
+<LI>Asegúrese de que el enlazador está ha encontrado el conjunto correcto de
+librerías. Si tiene una distribución de Linux que instala GTK+ (ej.
+RedHat 5.0) entonces esta versión anterior puede ser utilizada. Ahora
+(asumiendo que tiene un sistema RedHat), emita el comando
+<PRE>
+rpm -e gtk gtk-devel
+</PRE>
+
+También puede querer remover los paquetes que dependen de gtk (rpm le
+dirá cuáles son). Si no tiene un sistema Linux RedHat, verifique
+para estar seguro que ni 
+<PRE>
+/usr/lib
+</PRE>
+ ni 
+<PRE>
+/usr/local/lib
+</PRE>
+
+contengan alguna de las librerías libgtk, libgdk, libglib, or libgck.
+Si existen, elimínelas (y cualquier archivo <EM>include</EM>, como 
+/usr/include/gtk y /usr/include/gdk) y reinstale gtk+.</LI>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.6">2.6 Cuando compilo programas con GTK+, obtengo mensajes de error del compilador diciendo que no es capaz de encontrar <CODE>"glibconfig.h"</CODE>.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>El archivo de encabezado "glibconfig.h" se movió al directorio 
+$exec_prefix/lib/glib/include/. $exec_prefix es el directorio que fue
+especificado al dar la bandera --exec-prefix a ./configure cuando se
+compiló GTK+. Va por omisión a $prefix, (especificado con --prefix),
+que en su lugar va por omisión a /usr/local/.
+<P>Ésto se hizo asi porque "glibconfig.h" incluye información 
+dependiente de la arquitectura, y el resto de los archivos <EM>include</EM> 
+se colocan en $prefix/include, el cual puede ser compartido entre distintas 
+arquitecturas.
+<P>GTK+ incluye un guión para el intérprete de comandos, 
+<CODE>gtk-config</CODE>, el cual hace fácil
+encontrar los caminos correctos de inclusión. El tutor de GTK+ incluye
+un ejemplo de como utilizar <CODE>gtk-config</CODE> para una compilación simple
+desde la línea de comandos. Para información sobre configuraciones más
+complicadas, vea el archivo docs/gtk-config.txt en la distribución de GTK+.
+<P>Si está intentando compilar un programa viejo, puede bordear el problema
+al configurarlo con una línea de comando como:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/local/include/glib/include" ./configure
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>para intérpretes de comandos compatibles con Bourne como bash, o para 
+variantes csh:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+setenv CPPFLAGS "-I/usr/local/include/glib/include" 
+./configure
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>(Sustituya el valor apropiado de $exec_prefix para /usr/local.)
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.7">2.7 Cuando instalo El GIMP, configure reporta que no puede encontrar GTK.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Hay varias razones comúnes para esto:
+<UL>
+<LI>Usted tiene una versión vieja de GTK instalada en algún lugar.
+RedHat 5.0, por ejemplo, instala una copia anterior de GTK que no funcinará
+con las últimas veriones de GIMP. Debe eliminar esta copia vieja, pero
+observe que en el caso de RedHat 5.0 esto dañará las aplicaciones
+<CODE>control-panel</CODE>.
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI><CODE>gtk-config</CODE> (u otro componente de GTK) no se encuentra en el camino
+(<EM>path</EM>),
+o hay una versión vieja en su sistema. Teclee:
+<PRE>
+gtk-config --version
+</PRE>
+
+para verificar ambos casos. Ésto debe devolver un valor de por lo menos
+0.99.8 para que las cosas funcionen correctamente con GIMP 0.99.23. Si
+devuelve un valor distinto a lo que usted espera, entonces tiene una versión
+vieja de GTK en su sistema.
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>El guión ./configure no puede encontrar las librerías GTK. Como
+./configure compila varios programas de prueba, necesita poder encontrar las
+librerías GTK. Revise la pregunta anterior para obtener más ayuda al
+respecto.</LI>
+</UL>
+<P>Si nada de lo anterior ayuda, entonces revise config.log, el cual es
+generado por ./configure cuando corre. Al final estará la última
+acción tomada antes de fallar. Si es una sección de código fuente,
+copie el código fuente a un archivo y compilelo con la línea
+jústamente arriba de él en config.log. Si la compilación tiene 
+éxito, intente ejecutarlo.
+<P>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es-3.html

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ: Desarrollo de GTK+</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc3" REL=contents>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H2><A NAME="s3">3. Desarrollo de GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.1">3.1 ¿Qué es esta cosa CVS de la cual todo el mundo habla, y cómo puedo acceder a ella?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>CVS es el Concurrent Version System (Sistema de Versión Concurrente) y es
+un medio muy popular de control de versión para proyectos de software.
+Está diseñado para permitir que múltiples autores puedan operar de
+manera simultánea en el mismo árbol fuente. Este árbol fuente es
+mantenido centralizadamente, pero cada desarrollador tiene una réplica local
+de este repositorio en el cual hacen sus cambios.
+<P>Los desarrolladores de GTK+ utilizan un repositorio CVS para almacenar la
+copia maestra de la actual versión en desarrollo de GTK+. Como tal,
+la gente que desea contribuír con parches a GTK+ deben generarlos para la
+versión del CVS. La gente normal debe utilizar los paquetes liberados.
+<P>El conjunto de herramientas CVS está disponible como paquetes RPM en los
+sitios usuales de RedHat. La última versión está disponible en
+<A HREF="http://download.cyclic.com/pub/">&lt;http://download.cyclic.com/pub/&gt;</A><P>Cualquiera puede bajar la última versión CVS de GTK+ utilizando
+acceso anónimo con los siguientes pasos:
+<UL>
+<LI> En un descendiente del intérprete de comandos bourne (ej. bash)
+teclee:
+<PRE>
+export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@anoncvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
+</PRE>
+</LI>
+<LI>Luego, la primera vez que el árbol fuente se retira, se necesita
+un <EM>login</EM> cvs.
+<PRE>
+cvs login
+</PRE>
+
+Ésto hará que se le solicite una clave de acceso. No hay clave de 
+acceso para cvs.gimp.org, así que solo ingrese un retorno de carro.</LI>
+<LI>Para conseguir el árbol y colocarlo en un subdirectorio de su
+directorio de trabajo actual, emita el comando:
+<PRE>
+cvs -z3 get gtk+
+</PRE>
+
+
+Observe que con el árbol GTK+ 1.1, glib se ha movido a un módulo CVS
+separado, de manera que si no tiene glib instalado necesitará conseguirlo
+igualmente:
+<PRE>
+cvs -z3 get glib
+</PRE>
+
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.2">3.2 ¿Cómo puedo contribuír a GTK+?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Es simple. Si algo no funciona en un programa como usted piensa que debería,
+revise la documentación para asegurarse de que no ha pasado algo por alto.
+Si es un verdadero error o característica perdida, rastréelo en el
+fuente de GTK+, cámbielo, y entonces genere un parche en la forma de un
+'diff de contexto'. Esto puede hacerse utilizando un comando como
+<CODE>diff -ru &lt;oldfile&gt; &lt;newfile&gt;</CODE>. Entonces envíe el archivo 
+de parche a:
+<PRE>
+ftp://ftp.gtk.org/incoming
+</PRE>
+
+junto a un archivo README. ¡Asegúrese de seguir las convenciones de
+asignación de nombres o su parche será borrado! Los archivos deben ser
+de esta forma:
+<PRE>
+gtk-&lt;username>-&lt;date yymmdd-n>.patch.gz
+gtk-&lt;username>-&lt;date yymmdd-n>.patch.README
+</PRE>
+
+La "n" en la fecha indica un número único (empezando de 0)
+de parches que subió ese día. Debe ser 0, a menos que envíe más de
+un parche en el mismo día.
+<P>Example:
+<PRE>
+gtk-gale-982701-0.patch.gz
+gtk-gale-982701-0.patch.README
+</PRE>
+
+Una vez que usted envía <EM>lo que sea</EM>, envíe el README a
+ftp-admin@gtk.org
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.3">3.3 ¿Cómo averiguo si mi parche fue aplicado, y si no, por qué no?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Los parches enviados se mandarán a 
+<CODE>ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/patches</CODE>
+donde uno del equipo de desarrollo de GTK+ los recogerá. Si son aplicados,
+serán movidos a <CODE>/pub/gtk/patches/old</CODE>.
+<P>Los parches que no son aplicados, por cualquier razón, se mandarán a
+<CODE>/pub/gtk/patches/unapplied</CODE> o <CODE>/pub/gtk/patches/outdated</CODE>.
+En este punto puede preguntar en la lista de correo <CODE>gtk-list</CODE> el porqué
+su parche no fué aplicado. Hay muchas razones posibles por las cuales un
+parche no se aplica, pasando desde que no se puede aplicar limpiamente, hasta 
+que no es correcto. No se rinda si no logró que su parche se aplicase a la
+primera.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.4">3.4 ¿Cuál es la política sobre la incorporación de nuevos <EM>widgets</EM> en la librería?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Esto corresponde a los autores, de manera que tendrá que preguntarles
+al terminar su <EM>widget</EM>. Como una guía general, los <EM>widgets</EM>
+que por lo general son útiles, funcionan, y no son una desgracia al conjunto
+de <EM>widgets</EM> serán incluídos con mucho gusto.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.5">3.5 ¿Hay alguien trabajando en atamientos para otros lenguajes distintos a C?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Sí. Existe
+<UL>
+<LI>una envoltura de C++ para GTK+ llamada gtk--. Puede encontrar el su
+página hogar en: 
+<A HREF="http://www.cs.tut.fi/~p150650/gtk/gtk--.html">http://www.cs.tut.fi/~p150650/gtk/gtk--.html</A>. 
+El sitio FTP es
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/gtk--">ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/gtk--</A>.
+<P>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Hay dos ataduras para Objective-C en desarrollo:
+
+<UL>
+<LI>El paquete elegido por el 
+<A HREF="http://www.gnome.org/">proyecto GNOME</A> es obgtk. Objgtk se basa en la clase Object y es
+mantenido por 
+<A HREF="mailto:sopwith@cuc.edu">Elliot Lee</A>.
+Aparentemente, objgtk se está aceptando como el atamiento `estándar'
+de Objective-C para GTK+.
+</LI>
+<LI> Si usted está más inclinado al 
+<A HREF="http://www.gnustep.org/">proyecto GNUstep</A>,
+puede que quiera revisar GTKKit por
+<A HREF="mailto:helge@mdlink.de">Helge He&szlig;</A>.
+La intención es crear un atamiento GTK+ utilizando FoundationKit.
+GTKKit incluye linduras como escribir un archivo con una plantilla tipo 
+XML para construír una interface GTK+.
+</LI>
+</UL>
+ 
+<P>               
+</LI>
+<LI>Atamientos Perl
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/perl">ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/perl</A>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Atamientos Guile. La página hogar se encuentra en
+<A HREF="http://www.ping.de/sites/zagadka/guile-gtk">http://www.ping.de/sites/zagadka/guile-gtk</A>.
+Por cierto, Guile es la implantación del Proyecto GNU de Scheme R4RS (el
+estándar). Si le gusta Scheme, querrá darle un vistazo a éste.
+<P>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>David Monniaux informa:
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+He empezado un sistema de atamiento gtk-O'Caml. Las bases del sistema,
+incluyendo <EM>callbacks</EM>, funcionan bien.
+
+El desarrollo actual se encuentra en
+<A HREF="http://www.ens-lyon.fr/~dmonniau/arcs">http://www.ens-lyon.fr/~dmonniau/arcs</A></BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+</LI>
+<LI>Se han hecho varios atamientos para python:
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>pygtk se encuentra en 
+<A HREF="http://www.daa.com.au/~james/pygtk">http://www.daa.com.au/~james/pygtk</A> y 
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/python">ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/python</A></LI>
+<LI>python-gtk se encuentra en
+<A HREF="http://www.ucalgary.ca/~nascheme/python-gtk">http://www.ucalgary.ca/~nascheme/python-gtk</A></LI>
+</UL>
+<P>
+</LI>
+<LI>Hay un <EM>widget</EM> disponible para GTK+. Agárrelo en
+<A HREF="http://www.sakuranet.or.jp/~aozasa/shige/doc/comp/gtk/gtkGL/files-en.html">http://www.sakuranet.or.jp/~aozasa/shige/doc/comp/gtk/gtkGL/files-en.html</A>
+</LI>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es-4.html

@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ: Desarrollo con GTK+</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc4" REL=contents>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H2><A NAME="s4">4. Desarrollo con GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.1">4.1 ¿Cómo empiezo?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Después de que ha instalado GTK+, hay un par de cosas que pueden
+facilitarle el desarrollo de aplicaciones con él. Está el Tutor de
+GTK+ 
+<A HREF="http://www.gtk.org/tutorial/">&lt;http://www.gtk.org/tutorial/&gt;</A>, el cual está en desarrollo
+activo. Este tutorial le introducirá en la escritura de aplicaciones 
+utilizando C.
+<P>El Tutor no contiene (todavía) información sobre todos los
+<EM>widgets</EM> que existen en GTK+. Para código de ejemplo sobre la
+utilización básica de todos los <EM>widgets</EM> de GTK+, debe ver
+el archivo gtk/testgtk.c (y archivos fuentes asociados) en la distribución
+GTK+. Ver estos ejemplos le dará una buena base sobre lo que pueden hacer
+los <EM>widgets</EM>.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.2">4.2 ¿Qué <EM>widgets</EM> existen en GTK?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>El Tutor de GTK+ lista los siguientes <EM>widgets</EM>:
+<PRE>
+  GtkObject
+   +GtkData
+   | +GtkAdjustment
+   | `GtkTooltips
+   `GtkWidget
+     +GtkContainer
+     | +GtkBin
+     | | +GtkAlignment
+     | | +GtkEventBox
+     | | +GtkFrame
+     | | | `GtkAspectFrame
+     | | +GtkHandleBox
+     | | +GtkItem
+     | | | +GtkListItem
+     | | | +GtkMenuItem
+     | | | | `GtkCheckMenuItem
+     | | | |   `GtkRadioMenuItem
+     | | | `GtkTreeItem
+     | | +GtkViewport
+     | | `GtkWindow
+     | |   +GtkColorSelectionDialog
+     | |   +GtkDialog
+     | |   | `GtkInputDialog
+     | |   `GtkFileSelection
+     | +GtkBox
+     | | +GtkButtonBox
+     | | | +GtkHButtonBox
+     | | | `GtkVButtonBox
+     | | +GtkHBox
+     | | | +GtkCombo
+     | | | `GtkStatusbar
+     | | `GtkVBox
+     | |   +GtkColorSelection
+     | |   `GtkGammaCurve
+     | +GtkButton
+     | | +GtkOptionMenu
+     | | `GtkToggleButton
+     | |   `GtkCheckButton
+     | |     `GtkRadioButton
+     | +GtkCList
+     |   `GtkCTree
+     | +GtkFixed
+     | +GtkList
+     | +GtkMenuShell
+     | | +GtkMenuBar
+     | | `GtkMenu
+     | +GtkNotebook
+     | +GtkPaned
+     | | +GtkHPaned
+     | | `GtkVPaned
+     | +GtkScrolledWindow
+     | +GtkTable
+     | +GtkToolbar
+     | `GtkTree
+     +GtkDrawingArea
+     | `GtkCurve
+     +GtkEditable
+     | +GtkEntry
+     | | `GtkSpinButton
+     | `GtkText
+     +GtkMisc
+     | +GtkArrow
+     | +GtkImage
+     | +GtkLabel
+     | | `GtkTipsQuery
+     | `GtkPixmap
+     +GtkPreview
+     +GtkProgressBar
+     +GtkRange
+     | +GtkScale
+     | | +GtkHScale
+     | | `GtkVScale
+     | `GtkScrollbar
+     |   +GtkHScrollbar
+     |   `GtkVScrollbar
+     +GtkRuler
+     | +GtkHRuler
+     | `GtkVRuler
+     `GtkSeparator
+       +GtkHSeparator
+       `GtkVSeparator
+</PRE>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.3">4.3 ¿GTK+ es seguro ante múltiples hilos?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Aunque GTK+, como la mayoría de los juegos de herramientas para X,
+no es seguro ante múltiples hilos, esto no prohibe el desarrollo de 
+aplicaciones con múltiples hilos con GTK+.
+<P>Rob Browning (rlb@cs.utexas.edu) describe técnicas de hilamiento
+que pueden utilizarse con GTK+ (levemente modificado):
+<P>Básicamente existen dos enfoques principales, el primero es sencillo,
+y el segundo complicado. En el primero, simplemente hay que asegurarse
+de que todas las interacciones de GTK+ (o X) se manejan por un, y solo un,
+hilo. Cualquier otro hilo que desee dibujar algo tiene que notificarlo de
+alguna manera al hilo "GTK+", y dejarlo que maneje el trabajo real.
+<P>El segundo enfoque le permite llamar funciones de GTK+ (o X) desde cualquier
+hilo, pero requiere sincronización cuidadosa. La idea básica es crear
+una exclusión mutua de protección para X, de manera que nadie haga
+llamadas X sin primero adquirir esta exclusión mutua.
+<P>Observe que se trata de un pequeño esfuerzo, pero que le permitirá ser
+potencialmente más eficiente que un GTK+ completamente seguro ante
+múltiples hilos. Usted decide la granularidad del bloqueo de hilos.
+También debe asegurarse que el hilo que llama a gtk_main mantiene la
+cerradura cuando llama a gtk_main.
+<P>Lo siguiente por lo que hay que preocuparse ya que se tenía agarrada
+la exclusión mutua global cuando se entró a gtk_main, es que todos
+los <EM>callbacks</EM> también la tendrán. Esto significa que el
+<EM>callback</EM> debe soltarla si va a llamar a cualquier otro código
+que pueda readquirirla. De otra manera obtendrá un bloqueo mortal.
+También hay que tener agarrada la exclusión mutua cuando finalmente
+regresa del <EM>callback</EM>.
+<P>Para permitir a otros hilos, además del que llama a gtk_main, tener
+acceso a la exclusión mutua, necesitamos registrar una función de
+trabajo con GTK que nos permita liberar la exclusión mutua 
+periódicamente.
+<P>¿Por qué GTK+ no puede ser seguro ante múltiples hilos de
+manera nativa?
+<P>Complejidad, sobrecarga, y mano de obra. La proporción de programas
+con hilos es todavía razonablemente pequeña, y conseguir seguridad
+ante hilos es muy difícil y le quita tiempo valioso al trabajo
+principal de obtener una buena librería gráfica terminada. Sería
+muy agradable que GTK+ fuera seguro ante hilos "al sacarlo de la caja",
+pero no es práctico ahora mismo, y haría a GTK+ sustancialmente menos
+eficiente si no se maneja cuidadosamente.
+<P>De cualquier manera, no es una prioridad esencial ya que existen remedios
+relativamente buenos.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.4">4.4 ¿Cómo puedo prevenir el redibujar y reacomodar tamaños mientras cambio múltiples <EM>widgets</EM>?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P> 
+Utilize gtk_container_disable_resize y gtk_container_enable_resize alrededor
+del código donde quiere cambiar varias cosas. Esto resultará en mayor
+velocidad ya que prevendrá tener que darle el tamaño otra vez a la
+jerarquía de <EM>widget</EM> por completo.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.5">4.5 ¿Cómo atrapo un evento de doble tecleo (en un <EM>widget</EM> de lista, por ejemplo)?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Tim Janik escribió a la lista gtk-list (ligeramente modificado):
+<P>Defina un manejador de señal:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+gint
+signal_handler_event(GtkWiget *widget, GdkEvenButton *event, gpointer func_data)
+{
+  if (GTK_IS_LIST_ITEM(widget) &amp;&amp;
+       (event->type==GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS ||
+        event->type==GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS) ) {
+    printf("I feel %s clicked on button %d\",
+           event->type==GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS ? "double" : "triple",
+           event->button);
+  }
+
+  return FALSE;
+}
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>Y conecte el manejador a su objeto:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+{
+  /* lista, asuntos de inicializacion de articulos de lista */     
+
+  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
+                     "button_press_event",
+                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(signal_handler_event),
+                     NULL);
+
+  /* y/o */
+
+  gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
+                     "button_release_event",
+                     GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(signal_handler_event),
+                     NULL);
+
+  /* algo mas */
+}
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>y, Owen Taylor escribió:
+<P>Observe que se recibirá la pulsación del botón de antemano, y
+si está haciendo esto para un botón, también obtendrá una señal
+de "tecleado" para el botón. (Esto es cierto para cualquier juego de
+herramientas, ya que las computadoras no son buenas para leer la mente de
+cada quien.)
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.6">4.6 ¿Cómo puedo averiguar cuál es la selección de un GtkList?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<P>Consiga la selección con algo como esto:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+GList *sel;
+sel = GTK_LIST(list)->selection;
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>Así es como GList está definido (sacado de glist.h):
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+typedef struct _GList GList;
+
+struct _GList
+{
+  gpointer data;
+  GList *next;
+  GList *prev;
+};
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>Una estructura GList es simplemente una estructura para listas doblemente
+enlazadas. Existen varias funciones g_list_*() para modificar una lista
+enlazada en glib.h. Sin embargo, la selección GTK_LIST(MyGtkList)->selection
+es mantenida por las funciones gtk_list_*() y no deben ser modificadas.
+<P>El selection_mode del GtkList determina las facilidades de selección de un
+GtkList y por lo tanto los contenidos de GTK_LIST(AnyGtkList)->selection:
+<P>
+<PRE>
+selection_mode          GTK_LIST()->selection contents
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE)   la selección es NULL
+                        o contiene un puntero GList*
+                        para un artículo seleccionado individualmente
+
+GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE)   la selección es NULL si la lista
+                        no contiene widgets, de otra manera
+                        contiene un puntero GList*
+                        para una estructura GList.
+GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE) la selección es NULL si no se seleccionan
+                        listitems para un apuntador GList*
+                        para el primer artículo seleccionado. Eso en
+                        su lugar apunta a una estructura GList para el
+                        segundo artículo seleccionado y continúa
+
+GTK_SELECTION_EXTENDED) la selección es NULL.
+</PRE>
+<P>El campo data de la estructura GList GTK_LIST(MyGtkList)->selection apunta
+al primer GtkListItem que es seleccionado. De manera que si quiere determinar
+cuales listitems están seleccionados debe hacer esto:
+<P>Durante la in>
+<HR><H3>Transfer interrupted!</H3>
+>
+{
+        gchar           *list_items[]={
+                                "Item0",
+                                "Item1",
+                                "foo",
+                                "last Item",
+                        };
+        guint           nlist_items=sizeof(list_items)/sizeof(list_items[0]);
+        GtkWidget       *list_item;
+        guint           i;
+
+        list=gtk_list_new();
+        gtk_list_set_selection_mode(GTK_LIST(list), GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE);
+        gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(AnyGtkContainer), list);
+        gtk_widget_show (list);
+
+        for (i = 0; i &lt; nlist_items; i++)
+        {
+                list_item=gtk_list_item_new_with_label(list_items[i]);
+                gtk_object_set_user_data(GTK_OBJECT(list_item), (gpointer)i);
+                gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(list), list_item);
+                gtk_widget_show(list_item);
+        }
+}
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>Para tener conocimiento de la inicialización:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+{
+        GList   *items;
+
+        items=GTK_LIST(list)->selection;
+
+        printf("Selected Items: ");
+        while (items) {
+                if (GTK_IS_LIST_ITEM(items->data))
+                        printf("%d ", (guint) 
+                gtk_object_get_user_data(items->data));
+                items=items->next;
+        }
+        printf("\n");
+}
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.7">4.7 ¿Acaso es posible desplegar un texto que se recorte para que quepa dentro del lugar que tenga asignado?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>El comportamiento de GTK+ (sin recorte) es una consecuencia de sus intentos
+para conservar recursos de X. Los <EM>widgets</EM> etiqueta (entre otros) no
+tienen su propia ventana X - simplemente dibujan su contenido en la ventana
+de su padre. Aunque sería posible hacer que ocurran recortes al establecer
+la máscara de recorte antes de dibujar el texto, esto podría causar una
+penalización substancial en el rendimiento.
+<P>Es posible que, a largo plazo, la mejor solución a tales problemas sea
+simplemente cambiar gtk para que le de ventanas X a las etiquetas. Un remedio
+a corto plazo es poner el <EM>widget</EM> de etiqueta dentro de otro 
+<EM>widget</EM> que sí obtiene su propia ventana - un candidato posible puede ser el <EM>widget</EM> <EM>viewport</EM>.
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+viewport = gtk_viewport (NULL, NULL);
+gtk_widget_set_usize (viewport, 50, 25);
+gtk_viewport_set_shadow_type (GTK_VIEWPORT(viewport), GTK_SHADOW_NONE);
+gtk_widget_show(viewport);
+
+label = gtk_label ("a really long label that won't fit");
+gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(viewport), label);
+gtk_widget_show (label);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>Si estuviera haciendo esto para un montón de <EM>widgets</EM>, querrá
+copiar gtkviewport.c y arrancar la funcionalidad de sombra y ajuste (tal vez
+quiera llamarlo GtkClipper).
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.8">4.8 ¿Por qué el contenido de un botón no se mueve al presionar el botón? Aquí les envío un parche para que funcione de esa forma...</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>De: Peter Mattis
+<P>La razón por la cuál los botones no mueven a su hijo abajo y a la derecha
+cuando son presionados es porque no me parece que eso es lo que ocurre
+visualmente. Mi visión de los botonos es que los miras de manera recta.
+O sea, la interface de usuario tiende sobre un plano y tú estás sobre
+él observándolo de manera recta. Cuando un botón es presionado se
+mueve directamente lejos de tí. Para ser absolutamente correcto supongo
+que el hijo debería encojerse un poquito. Pero no veo por qué el hijo
+debería moverse abajo y a la izquierda. Recurda, el hijo se supone que
+está pegado a la superficie del botón. No es bueno que luzca como si
+el hijo se resbala sobre la superficie del botón.
+<P>En una nota más práctica, ya implanté esto una vez y determiné
+que no se veía bien y lo quité.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.9">4.9 ¿Cómo puedo definir una línea de separación como en un menú?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Revise el 
+<A HREF="http://www.gtk.org/tutorial/">Tutor</A> para información sobre como crear menús.
+<P>Sin embargo, para crear una línea de separación en un menú,
+simplemente inserte un artículo de menú vacío:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+menuitem = gtk_menu_item_new();
+gtk_menu_append(GTK_MENU(menu), menuitem);
+gtk_widget_show(menuitem);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.10">4.10 ¿Cómo puedo darle justificación a la derecha a un menú, como Help, cuando utilizo MenuFactory?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Utilice algo como lo que sigue:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+menu_path = gtk_menu_factory_find (factory,  "&lt;MyApp>/Help");
+gtk_menu_item_right_justify(menu_path->widget);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.11">4.11 ¿Cómo hago mi ventana modal? / ¿Cómo hago una sóla ventana activa?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Después de haber creado su ventana, haga gtk_grab_add(my_window). Y
+después de cerrar la ventana haga gtk_grab_remove(my_window).
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.12">4.12 ¿Por qué mi <EM>widget</EM> (ej. progressbar) no se actualiza?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+<P>Probablemente usted está haciendo todos los cambios dentro de una función
+sin devolver el control a gtk_main. La mayoría de las actualizaciones de
+dibujo se colocan simplemente en una cola, la cual es procesada dentro de
+gtk_main. Puede forzar que se procese la cola de dibujado utilizando algo como:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+while (gtk_events_pending())
+        gtk_main_iteration();
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>dentro de la función que cambia el <EM>widget</EM>.
+<P>Lo que el fragmento anterior hace es correr todos los eventos pendientes y
+funciones ociosas de alta prioridad, luego regresa de inmediato (el dibujado
+se realiza en una función ociosa de alta prioridad).
+<P>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es-5.html

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ: Acerca de gdk</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc5" REL=contents>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H2><A NAME="s5">5. Acerca de gdk</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.1">5.1 ¿Qué es gdk?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>gdk es básicamente una envoltura alrededor de las llamadas a funciones
+Xlib. Si estás familiarizado con Xlib, muchas de las funciones en gdk 
+requerirán poco o ningún tiempo para acostumbrarse. 
+Todas las funciones están escritas para proporcionar una manera fácil de 
+acceder a las funciones Xlib en una manera un poco más intuitiva. 
+Adicionalmente, ya que gdk utiliza glib (vea abajo), será más portable
+y seguro de utilizar en
+múltiples plataformas.
+<P>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.2">5.2 ¿Cómo utilizo la asignación de colores?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Una de las cosas agradables de GDK es que está basado sobre Xlib; esto
+también es un problema, especialmente en el área de administración
+de colores. Si usted quiere utilizar color en su programa (dibujando un 
+rectángulo o algo por el estilo, su código debe lucir algo así:
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+{
+  GdkColor *color;
+  int width, height;
+  GtkWidget *widget;
+  GdkGC *gc;
+
+  ...
+  
+  /* primero, cree un GC (contexto grafico) en el cual dibujar */
+  gc = gdk_gc_new(widget->window);
+
+  /* encuentre las dimensiones correctas para el rectangulo */
+  gdk_window_get_size(widget->window, &amp;width, &amp;height);
+
+  /* el color que queremos utilizar */
+  color = (GdkColor *)malloc(sizeof(GdkColor));
+  
+  /* rojo, verde y azul son valores pasados, indicando el trio RGB
+   * del color que queremos dibujar. Note que los valores de los componentes 
+   * RGB dentro de GdkColor son tomados de 0 a 65535, no de 0 a 255.
+   */
+  color->red = red * (65535/255);
+  color->green = green * (65535/255);
+  color->blue = blue * (65535/255);
+  
+  /* el valor de pixel indica el indice en el mapa de colores del color.
+   * simplemente es una combinacion de los valores RGB colocados anteriormente
+   */
+  color->pixel = (gulong)(red*65536 + green*256 + blue);
+
+  /* Sin embargo, el valor de pixel es solo valido en dispositivos de 24-bit
+   * (color verdadero). Por lo tanto, esta llamada es requerida para que GDK
+   * y X puedan darnos el color mas cercano disponible en el mapa de colores
+   */
+  gdk_color_alloc(gtk_widget_get_colormap(widget), color);
+
+  /* colocar la parte delantera a nuestro color */
+  gdk_gc_set_foreground(gc, color);
+  
+  /* dibujar el rectangulo*/
+  gdk_draw_rectangle(widget->window, gc, 1, 0, 0, width, height);
+
+  ...
+}
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es-6.html

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ: Acerca de glib</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-7.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc6" REL=contents>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H2><A NAME="s6">6. Acerca de glib</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.1">6.1 ¿Qué es glib?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>glib es una librería de funciones y definiciones útiles disponibles
+para ser utilizadas cuando se crean aplicaciones GDK y GTK. Proporciona
+reemplazos para algunas funciones estándar de libc, como malloc, las 
+cuales tienen errores en algunos sistemas.
+<P>También proporciona rutinas para manejar:
+<UL>
+<LI>Listas Doblemente Enlazadas</LI>
+<LI>Listas con Enlace Sencillo</LI>
+<LI>Cronómetros</LI>
+<LI>Manipulación de cadenas</LI>
+<LI>Un Analizador Léxico</LI>
+<LI>Funciones de Error</LI>
+</UL>
+<P>         
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.2">6.2 ¿Por qué utilizar g_print, g_malloc, g_strdup y funciones compañeras de glib?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Gracias a Tim Janik que escribió a gtk-list: (ligeramente modificado)
+<BLOCKQUOTE>
+Con respecto a g_malloc(), g_free() y hermanos, estas funciones son más
+seguras que sus equivalentes en libc. Por ejemplo, g_free() solo regresa si
+se llama con NULL. También, si se define USE_DMALLOC, la definición para
+estas funciones cambia (en glib.h) para utilizar MALLOC(), FREE() etc... Si
+MEM_PROFILE o MEM_CHECK se definen, hay incluso pequeñas estadísticas
+realizadas las cuales cuentan los tamaños de los bloques (mostrado por
+g_mem_profile() / g_mem_check()).
+<P>Considerando el hecho de que glib provee una interface para salvar espacio en
+pedazos de memoria si se tiene varios bloques que son siempre del mismo
+tamaño y para marcarlos ALLOC_ONLY si es necesario, es sencillo crear
+una pequeña envoltura para salvar (revisable para errores) alrededor del
+malloc/free normal asimismo - igual que gdk cubre Xlib. ;)
+<P>Utilizar g_error() y g_warning() dentro de aplicaciones como GIMP las cuales
+utilizan gtk por completo incluso da la oportunidad de hacer saltar una ventana
+que muestre los mensajes dentro de una ventana gtk con tu propio handler
+(utilizando g_set_error_handler()) con el mismo estilo que gtk_print() 
+(dentro de gtkmain.c).
+</BLOCKQUOTE>
+<P>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es-7.html

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ: Contribuciones al GTK+ FAQ, Mantenedores y Copyright</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc7" REL=contents>
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+Next
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H2><A NAME="s7">7. Contribuciones al GTK+ FAQ, Mantenedores y Copyright</A></H2>
+
+<P>Si desea hacer una contribución al FAQ, envíe a alguno de nosotros
+un mensaje por correo electrónico con el texto exacto que cree que
+debería ser incluído (pregunta y respuesta). ¡Con su ayuda, este
+documento puede crecer y llegar a ser más útil!
+<P>Este documento es mantenido por Nathan Froyd
+<A HREF="mailto:maestrox@geocities.com">&lt;maestrox@geocities.com&gt;</A>
+y Tony Gale 
+<A HREF="mailto:gale@gimp.org">&lt;gale@gimp.org&gt;</A>. 
+Este FAQ fue creado por Shawn T. Amundson 
+<A HREF="mailto:amundson@gimp.org">&lt;amundson@gimp.org&gt;</A> quien continúa dando soporte.
+<P>El GTK+ FAQ está registrado Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 por Shawn T. Amundson,
+Nathan Froyd y tony Gale.
+<P>Se otorga permiso para hacer y distribuír copias textuales de este manual
+siempre y cuando la información de copyright y este permiso se preserven en
+todas las copias.
+<P>Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuir versiones modificados de este
+documento bajo las condiciones para copiado textual, siempre y cuando esta
+noticia de copyright se incluya exáctamente como en el original, y
+que el trabajo resultante en su totalidad sea distribuído bajo los
+términos de una noticia de permiso idéntica a esta.
+<P>Se otorga permiso para copiar y distribuír traducciones de este documento
+a otro lenguaje, bajo las condiciones anteriores de versiones modificadas.
+<P>Si tiene intenciones de incorporar este documento en un trabajo publicado,
+por favor contacte a uno de los mantenedores, y nos aseguraremos de que
+obtenga la información más actual posible.
+<P>No hay garantía de que este documento logre su propósito. Este documento
+se proporciona simplemente como un recurso libre. Como tal, los autores y 
+mantenedores de la información proporcionada en él no pueden dar
+garantía alguna de que la información es precisa.
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss7.1">7.1 Nota del Traductor</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Esta traducción fue realizada por 
+<A HREF="http://www.talisman.com.pa">Ramsés Morales</A>.
+He intentado hacer
+la mejor adaptación posible de los términos técnicos, si tiene
+alguna sugerencia o mejora a estos términos y mi español, o alguna 
+duda por causa de mi traducción, no dude en comunicármelo a 
+<A HREF="mailto:ramses@computer.org">&lt;ramses@computer.org&gt;</A><P>Gracias a 
+<A HREF="mailto: e98cuenc@criens.u-psud.fr">Joaquín Cuenca</A> por todas sus sugerencias para mejorar la
+traducción, fueron de gran ayuda.
+<P>--------------------------------------
+<P>The GTK+ FAQ is Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Shawn T. Amundson, Nathan Froyd and Tony Gale.
+<P>Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the 
+copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
+<P>Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this document under the conditions 
+for verbatim copying, provided that this copyright notice is included exactly as in the original, 
+and that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission 
+notice identical to this one.
+<P>Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this document into another language, 
+under the above conditions for modified versions.
+<P>If you are intending to incorporate this document into a published work, please contact one of
+the maintainers, and we will make an effort to ensure that you have the most up to date 
+information available.
+<P>There is no guarentee that this document lives up to its intended
+purpose.  This is simply provided as a free resource.  As such,
+the authors and maintainers of the information provided within can 
+not make any guarentee that the information is even accurate.
+<HR NOSHADE>
+Next
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/es/gtkfaq-es.html

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="SGML-Tools 1.0.6">
+ <TITLE>GTK+ FAQ</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html" REL=next>
+
+
+</HEAD>
+<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<H1>GTK+ FAQ</H1>
+
+ 
+<H2>Nathan Froyd, Tony Gale, Shawn T. Amundson.</H2>Seis de Julio de 1998
+<P><HR NOSHADE>
+<EM>La intención de este documento es dar respuesta a las preguntas
+realizadas con más frecuencia por parte de los programadores que utilizan GTK+ o simplemente por personas que desean utilizar GTK+. </EM>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Información General</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.1">1.1 Autores</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.2">1.2 ¿Qué es GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.3">1.3 ¿Qué es el + en GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.4">1.4 ¿La G en GTK+ significa General, Gimp, o GNU?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.5">1.5 ¿Dónde está la documentación para GTK?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.6">1.6 ¿Hay alguna lista de correo (o archivo de lista de correo) para GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.7">1.7 ¿La lista gtk-list no ha tenido tráfico alguno por días,</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.8">1.8 Cómo conseguir ayuda con GTK+</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.9">1.9 Cómo reportar errores en GTK+</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.10">1.10 ¿Qué aplicaciones se han escrito con GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html#ss1.11">1.11 Estoy buscando una aplicación que escribir en GTK+. ¿Qué tal un cliente IRC?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html">Cómo encontrar, configurar, instalar y comprobar GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.1">2.1 ¿Qué necesito para correr GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.2">2.2 ¿Dónde puedo conseguir GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.3">2.3 ¿Cómo configuro/compilo GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.4">2.4 Cuando compilo GTK+ obtengo un error como: <CODE>make: file `Makefile' line 456: Syntax error</CODE></A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.5">2.5 ¡He compilado e instalado GTK+, pero no puedo lograr que los programas se enlacen con él!</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.6">2.6 Cuando compilo programas con GTK+, obtengo mensajes de error del compilador diciendo que no es capaz de encontrar <CODE>"glibconfig.h"</CODE>.</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-2.html#ss2.7">2.7 Cuando instalo El GIMP, configure reporta que no puede encontrar GTK.</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc3">3.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html">Desarrollo de GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.1">3.1 ¿Qué es esta cosa CVS de la cual todo el mundo habla, y cómo puedo acceder a ella?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.2">3.2 ¿Cómo puedo contribuír a GTK+?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.3">3.3 ¿Cómo averiguo si mi parche fue aplicado, y si no, por qué no?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.4">3.4 ¿Cuál es la política sobre la incorporación de nuevos <EM>widgets</EM> en la librería?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-3.html#ss3.5">3.5 ¿Hay alguien trabajando en atamientos para otros lenguajes distintos a C?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc4">4.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html">Desarrollo con GTK+</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.1">4.1 ¿Cómo empiezo?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.2">4.2 ¿Qué <EM>widgets</EM> existen en GTK?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.3">4.3 ¿GTK+ es seguro ante múltiples hilos?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.4">4.4 ¿Cómo puedo prevenir el redibujar y reacomodar tamaños mientras cambio múltiples <EM>widgets</EM>?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.5">4.5 ¿Cómo atrapo un evento de doble tecleo (en un <EM>widget</EM> de lista, por ejemplo)?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.6">4.6 ¿Cómo puedo averiguar cuál es la selección de un GtkList?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.7">4.7 ¿Acaso es posible desplegar un texto que se recorte para que quepa dentro del lugar que tenga asignado?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.8">4.8 ¿Por qué el contenido de un botón no se mueve al presionar el botón? Aquí les envío un parche para que funcione de esa forma...</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.9">4.9 ¿Cómo puedo definir una línea de separación como en un menú?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.10">4.10 ¿Cómo puedo darle justificación a la derecha a un menú, como Help, cuando utilizo MenuFactory?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.11">4.11 ¿Cómo hago mi ventana modal? / ¿Cómo hago una sóla ventana activa?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-4.html#ss4.12">4.12 ¿Por qué mi <EM>widget</EM> (ej. progressbar) no se actualiza?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc5">5.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html">Acerca de gdk</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html#ss5.1">5.1 ¿Qué es gdk?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-5.html#ss5.2">5.2 ¿Cómo utilizo la asignación de colores?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc6">6.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html">Acerca de glib</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html#ss6.1">6.1 ¿Qué es glib?</A>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-6.html#ss6.2">6.2 ¿Por qué utilizar g_print, g_malloc, g_strdup y funciones compañeras de glib?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc7">7.</A> <A HREF="gtkfaq-es-7.html">Contribuciones al GTK+ FAQ, Mantenedores y Copyright</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A HREF="gtkfaq-es-7.html#ss7.1">7.1 Nota del Traductor</A>
+</UL>
+<HR NOSHADE>
+<A HREF="gtkfaq-es-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+</BODY>
+</HTML>

docs/generation.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+Overview:
+========
+
+This file describes the way that autogeneration
+works within the GTK+ source code.
+
+The following files in the gdk/ subdirectory
+are autogenerated:
+
+  gdkkeysyms.h
+  gdkcursors.h 
+
+The following files in the gtk/ subdirectory 
+are autogenerated:
+
+ gtk.defs
+   Description of GTK+ types (and some functions) in a lisp-style
+   format.
+ gtktypebuiltins.h
+   Header file including declarations for internal types  
+ gtktypebuiltins_vars.c
+   Variables for type values for internal types.
+ gtktypebuiltins_ids.c
+   Arrays holding information about each internal type.
+ gtktypebuiltins_evals.c
+   Arrays holding mapping between enumeration values
+   and strings.
+
+ gtkmarshal.c
+ gtkmarshal.h
+   Autogenerated signal marshallers
+
+GDK
+===
+
+gdkkeysyms.h and gdkcursors.h are generated from
+the corresponding header files
+
+  X11/cursorfont.h
+  X11/keysymdef.h
+
+by some simple sed scripts. These are not actually
+run automatically because we want all the keysyms
+even on systems with a limited set.
+So the Gdk rule to generate both files (X-derived-headers)
+only needs to be rerun for every new release of the X Window
+System.
+
+GTK+ - type definitions
+=======================
+
+The type definitions are generated from several sources:
+
+ gtk-boxed.defs - definitions for boxed types
+ GTK+ header files
+ GDK header files
+
+The makeenums.pl script does a heuristic parse of 
+the header files and extracts all enumerations declarations.
+It also recognizes a number of pseudo-comments in the
+header files:
+
+Two of these apply to individual enumeration values:
+
+  /*< skip >*/
+
+ This enumeration value should be skipped.
+  
+  /*< nick=NICK >*/
+
+ The nickname for this value should NICK instead of the
+ normally guessed value. For instance:
+
+  typedef enum {
+    GTK_TARGET_SAME_APP = 1 << 0,    /*< nick=same-app >*/
+    GTK_TARGET_SAME_WIDGET = 1 << 1  /*< nick=same-widget >*/
+  } GtkTargetFlags;
+
+ makes the nicks "same-app" and "same-widget", instead of
+ "app" and "widget" that would normally be used.
+
+The other two apply to entire enumeration declarations.
+ 
+  /*< prefix=PREFIX >*/
+
+  Specifies the prefix to be removed from the enumeration
+  values to generate nicknames.
+
+  /*< flags >*/
+
+ Specifies that this enumeration is used as a bitfield.
+ (makenums.pl normally guesses this from the presence of values
+  with << operators). For instance:
+
+  typedef enum                    /*< flags >*/
+  {
+    GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA      = 0x0001, 
+    GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS = 0x0002, 
+    [ ... ]
+ } GdkIMStyle;
+
+makeenums.pl can be run into two modes:
+
+ 1) Generate the gtktypebuiltins_eval.c file (this
+    contains arrays holding the mapping of 
+    string <=> enumeration value)
+
+ 2) Generate the enumeration portion of gtk.defs.
+
+The enumearation portion is added to the boxed type 
+declarations in gtk-boxed.defs to create gtk.defs.
+
+The makeetypes.awk program takes the gtk.defs file, and
+from that generates various files depending on the
+third parameter passed to it:
+
+ macros: gtktypebuiltins.h
+ variables: gtktypebuiltins_vars.c
+ entries: gtktypebuiltins_ids.c
+
+GTK+ - marshallers
+==================
+
+The files gtkmarshal.c and gtkmarshal.h include declarations
+and definitions for the marshallers needed inside of
+GTK+. The marshallers to be generated are listed in
+the file gtkmashal.list, which is processed
+by genmarshal.pl.
+
+The format of this file is a list of lines:
+
+  <retval-type>:<arg1-type>,<arg2-type>,<arg3-type>
+ 
+e.g.:
+
+  BOOL:POINTER,STRING,STRING,POINTER
+
+A marshaller is generated for each line in the file.
+The possible types are:
+
+ NONE
+ BOOL
+ CHAR
+ INT
+ UINT
+ LONG
+ ULONG
+ FLOAT
+ DOUBLE
+ STRING
+ ENUM
+ FLAGS
+ BOXED
+ POINTER
+ OBJECT
+ FOREIGN    (gpointer data, GtkDestroyNotify notify)
+ C_CALLBACK (GtkFunction func, gpointer func_data)
+ SIGNAL     (GtkSignalFunc f, gpointer data)
+ ARGS       (gint n_args, GtkArg *args)
+ CALLBACK   (GtkCallBackMarshal marshall,
+             gpointer data,
+	     GtkDestroyNotify Notify)
+
+Some of these types map to multiple return values - these
+are marked above with the return types in parantheses.
+
+NOTES
+=====
+
+When autogenerating GTK+ files, the autogenerated
+files are often rebuild resulting in the same result.
+
+To prevent unecessary rebuilds of the entire directory, some files
+that multiple other source files depend on are not actually written
+to directly.  Instead, an intermediate file is written, which
+is then compared to the old file, and only if it is different
+is it copied into the final location.

docs/gtk-config.1.in

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH GTK+ 1 "25 October 1998" Version 1.2.0
+.TH GTK+ 1 "25 October 1998" Version @VERSION@
 .SH NAME
 gtk-config - script to get information about the installed version of GTK+
 .SH SYNOPSIS

docs/gtk.texi

@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ approved by Peter Mattis.
 This is edition @value{edition} of the GTK documentation,
 @w{@value{update-date}}.
 @end ifinfo
-@c FIXME: Do a introduction to the GTK?
+@c FIXME: Do an introduction to the GTK?
 
 @menu
 * Copying::                     Your rights.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ form that is easier to parse.  Tools for generating bindings of Gtk to
 other languages can read these declarations and---because all the
 important details are defined---automatically generate the bulk of the
 needed glue code.  It is also possible to feed these declarations into a
-running application (a interface builder, say) and thus make it aware of
+running application (an interface builder, say) and thus make it aware of
 new widgets and functions without recompiling anything.
 
 The run-time side of the type system is also somewhat introspective.
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ inherit these rules from their fundamental type.  For example,
 derive from @samp{GtkObject} and so the rules for @samp{GtkObject} apply
 to all widgets as well.
 
-This derivation defines a type hierachy, but this hierachy is not
+This derivation defines a type hierarchy, but this hierarchy is not
 completely general.  You can't derive from @samp{int} for example, and
 you can only have one level of derivation from @samp{enum}.  The
 fundamental type @samp{GtkObject}, however, is the basis for the large
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ to a fundamental type and thus there is no name for it.
 
 @deftp {Data type} GtkType
 The type @code{GtkType} holds the run-time representation of a type.  It
-is a integer of a certain size.  The follwing macros are defined to
+is an integer of a certain size.  The follwing macros are defined to
 access the basic properties of a @code{GtkType}:
 
 @deftypefn {Macro} {unsigned int} GTK_TYPE_SEQNO (GtkType type)
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ always return @code{NULL}.
 @item
 The @code{class_init_func} and @code{base_class_init_func} fields are
 callbacks which are used by the type mechanism to initialize class
-specific fields. The single argument these function taks is a pointer to
+specific fields. The single argument these functions take is a pointer to
 a class structure.  When you do not need one or both of them, set the
 corresponding field to @code{NULL}.  The @code{class_init_func} will be
 called at most once, right after the class structure of size

docs/make-todo

@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python
+
+import xmllib;
+import sys;
+import string
+import re
+
+def html_subst(s):
+    if s.group(1) != None:
+        return s.group(0)
+    elif s.group(2) != None:
+        return '<a href="' + s.group(0) + '">' + s.group(0) + '</a>'
+    elif s.group(3) != None:
+        return '<a href="mailto:' + s.group(0) + '">' + s.group(0) + '</a>'
+        
+def htmlify(str): 
+    return re.sub ("(<[^>]*>)|(http://[~.:/\w-]+)|([\w._!-]+@[\w_-]+).[\w_-]+", html_subst, str)
+
+def bug_subst(s):
+    if s.group(1) != None:
+        return s.group(0)
+    else:
+        n = s.group(2)
+        return '<a href="http://bugs.gnome.org/db/%s/%s.html">#%s</a>' % (n[0:2], n, n)
+
+def bugify(str):
+    str =  re.sub ("(<[^>]*>)|#(\d+)", bug_subst, str)
+    return htmlify(str)
+
+def make_id(str):
+    return re.sub ("[^a-z]","-", string.lower(str))
+
+class ParseError (Exception):
+    pass
+
+class Entry:
+    def __init__(self):
+        self.description = None
+        self.title = None
+        self.url = None
+        self.contact = None
+        self.bugs = None
+
+    def set_size(self, size):
+        size = string.lower(size)
+        if size == "small":
+            self.size = "Small"
+        elif size == "medium":
+            self.size = "Medium"
+        elif size == "big":
+            self.size = "Big"
+        else:
+            raise ParseError, 'size must be "small", "medium", or "big"'
+
+    def output(self):
+        if self.size == "Big":
+            bgcolor = "#88bb88"
+        elif self.size == "Medium":
+            bgcolor = "#b4d4b4"
+        else:
+            bgcolor = "#d0e0d0"
+        
+        print '''<table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="2" width="97%%" border="0" bgcolor="#000000">
+        <tbody><tr><td colspan=2>
+        <table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="5" width="100%%" border="0" bgcolor="#ffffff">
+        <tbody>
+   	  <tr bgcolor="%s">
+	     <td align="left"><font size="+1">%s</font></font></td>
+	     <td align="left" width="20%%"><b>Size</b>: %s</td>
+	     <td align="center" width="20%%"><b>Status</b>: %s</td>
+	     <td align="right" width="20%%"><b>Target Version</b>: %s</td>
+	  </tr>
+	  <tr>
+  	     <td colspan=4>
+             %s
+             <table cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
+               <tbody>''' % (bgcolor, self.title, self.size, self.status, self.target, htmlify(self.description))
+
+        if self.url != None:
+            print '''<tr><td width="0"><b>More Info</b>:</td>
+		     <td>%s</td>
+                     </tr>''' % htmlify (self.url)
+
+        if self.bugs != None:
+            print '''<tr><td width="0"><b>Bug Reports</b>:</td>
+		     <td>%s</td>
+                     </tr>''' % bugify (self.bugs)
+
+        if self.contact != None:
+            print '''<tr><td width="0"><b>Contact</b>:</td>
+		     <td>%s</td>
+                     </tr>''' % htmlify (self.contact)
+
+        print '''</tbody>
+             </table>
+	     </td>
+	 </tr>
+	</tbody></table>
+        </td></tr></tbody></table>
+'''
+
+class Section:
+    def __init__(self):
+        self.title = None
+        self.entries = []
+
+    def output(self):
+
+        print '<h2><a name="%s">%s</a></h2>' % (make_id(self.title), self.title)
+        
+        first = 1
+        for entry in self.entries:
+            if not first:
+                print "<br>"
+            first = 0
+            entry.output()
+
+class TodoParser (xmllib.XMLParser):
+    def __init__(self):
+        xmllib.XMLParser.__init__(self)
+        
+        self.in_todo = 0
+        self.in_data = 0
+        self.data = ""
+        self.section = None
+        self.entry = None
+        self.logourl = None
+        self.title = None
+        self.sections = []
+
+        self.entitydefs = {}
+
+    def start_todo(self,attributes):
+        if self.in_todo:
+            raise ParseError, "<todo> tags may not be nested"
+        if attributes.has_key ("logourl"):
+            self.logourl = attributes["logourl"]
+        self.in_todo = 1
+
+    def end_todo(self):
+        self.in_todo = 0
+
+    def start_section(self,attributes):
+        if self.section:
+            raise ParseError, "<section> tags may not be nested"
+        
+        self.section = Section()
+
+    def end_section(self):
+        if self.section.title == None:
+            raise ParseError, "<section> requires <title>"
+            
+        self.sections.append(self.section)
+        self.section = None
+
+    def start_title(self,attributes):
+        if not self.in_todo:
+            raise ParseError, "<title> tag must be in <todo>, <section> or <entry>"
+        if self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <title> tag in content"
+        self.in_data = 1
+    
+    def end_title(self):
+        self.in_data = 0
+        if self.entry:
+            self.entry.title = self.data
+        elif self.section:
+            self.section.title = self.data
+        else:
+            self.title = self.data
+        self.data = ""
+            
+    def start_description(self,attributes):
+        if not self.entry:
+            raise ParseError, "<description> tag must be in <entry>"
+        if self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <description> tag in content"
+        self.in_data = 1
+    
+    def end_description(self):
+        self.in_data = 0
+        self.entry.description = self.data
+        self.data = ""
+            
+    def start_url(self,attributes):
+        if not self.entry:
+            raise ParseError, "<url> tag must be in <entry>"
+        if self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <url> tag in content"
+        self.in_data = 1
+    
+    def end_url(self):
+        self.in_data = 0
+        self.entry.url = self.data
+        self.data = ""
+            
+    def start_contact(self,attributes):
+        if not self.entry:
+            raise ParseError, "<contact> tag must be in <contact>"
+        if self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <contact> tag in content"
+        self.in_data = 1
+    
+    def end_contact(self):
+        self.in_data = 0
+        self.entry.contact = self.data
+        self.data = ""
+            
+    def start_bugs(self,attributes):
+        if not self.entry:
+            raise ParseError, "<bugs> tag must be in <bugs>"
+        if self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unexpected <bugs> tag in content"
+        self.in_data = 1
+    
+    def end_bugs(self):
+        self.in_data = 0
+        self.entry.bugs = self.data
+        self.data = ""
+            
+    def start_entry(self,attributes):
+        if not self.section:
+            raise ParseError, "<entry> tag must be in <section>"
+        if self.entry:
+            raise ParseError, "<entry> tags may not be nested"
+
+        self.entry = Entry()
+
+        if not attributes.has_key("size"):
+            raise ParseError, '"size" attribute required for entry'
+        self.entry.set_size(attributes["size"])
+
+        if not attributes.has_key("status"):
+            raise ParseError, '"status" attribute (completion percentage) required for entry'
+        self.entry.status=attributes["status"]
+
+        if not attributes.has_key("target"):
+            raise ParseError, '"target" attribute (target version) required for entry'
+        self.entry.target=attributes["target"]
+
+    def end_entry(self):
+        if self.entry.title == None:
+            raise ParseError, "<entry> requires <title>"
+            
+        if self.entry.description == None:
+            raise ParseError, "<entry> requires <description>"
+            
+        self.section.entries.append(self.entry)
+        self.entry = None
+
+    def handle_data(self,data):
+        if self.in_data:
+            self.data = self.data + data
+        
+    def unknown_starttag(self,tag,attributes):
+        if not self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unexpected start tag: " + tag
+        else:
+            self.data = self.data + "<" + tag
+            for (key,val) in attributes.items():
+                self.data = self.data + ' %s="%s"' % (key,val)
+            self.data = self.data + ">"
+
+    def unknown_endtag(self,tag):
+        if not self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unexpected end tag: " + tag
+        else:
+            self.data = self.data + "</%s>" % tag
+
+    def syntax_error(self, err):
+        if re.match("reference to unknown entity", err):
+            pass
+        else:
+            xmllib.XMLParser.syntax_error (self, err)
+            
+    def unknown_entityref(self,ref):
+        if not self.in_data:
+            raise ParseError, "Unknown entity &" + ref + ";"
+        else:
+            self.data = self.data + "&" + ref + ";"
+
+file = open(sys.argv[1])
+parser = TodoParser()
+
+lineno = 1
+while 1:
+    line = file.readline()
+    if line == "":
+        break
+
+    try:
+        parser.feed(line)
+    except ParseError, err:
+        sys.stderr.write("Parse error at line " + `lineno` + ": " + err.__str__() + "\n")
+        sys.exit(1)
+    except RuntimeError, err:
+        sys.stderr.write(err.__str__() + "\n")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    lineno = lineno + 1
+
+parser.close()
+if parser.title == None:
+    sys.stderr.write ("<todo> Document must have a <title>\n")
+    sys.exit (1)
+
+print '''<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>%s</title>
+</head>
+<body bgcolor="#ffffff">
+<table width="100%%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" border="0">
+  <tbody>
+    <tr valign="top">
+      <td>
+        <h1>%s</h1>''' % (parser.title, parser.title)
+
+
+for section in parser.sections:
+    ntasks = len(section.entries)
+    id = make_id (section.title)
+    if ntasks == 1:
+        print '<a href="#%s">%s</a> (1 item)<br>' % (id,section.title)
+    else:
+        print '<a href="#%s">%s</a> (%d items)<br>' % (id,section.title,ntasks)
+
+print '''
+      </td>'''
+if parser.logourl != None:
+    print '''      <td align="right">
+       <img src="%s" alt="Logo"></img>
+      </td>''' % parser.logourl
+print '''
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+''' 
+
+first = 1
+for section in parser.sections:
+    if not first:
+        print "<br><br>"
+    first = 0
+    section.output()
+
+print '''</body>
+</html>'''
+    
+

docs/refcounting.txt

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ functions that follow these conventions:
 GtkObjects also provide the following functions:
 
   *_destroy:  Render an object `unusable', but as long as there are
-              references to it, it's allocated memory will not be freed.
+              references to it, its allocated memory will not be freed.
   *_sink:     Clear a GtkObjects `floating' state and decrement the
 	      reference count by 1.
 
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ widget, it needs to hold a reference to it.
 Example code sequences that require reference wraps:
 
    /* gtk_container_remove() will unparent the child and therefore
-    * cause it's reference count to be decremented by one.
+    * cause its reference count to be decremented by one.
     */
    gtk_widget_ref (widget);
    gtk_container_remove (container, widget);

docs/reference/AUTHORS

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk> and others.
-
-See:
-
- http://www.gtk.org/rdp/status.html
-
-for a complete list.

docs/reference/COPYING

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-This work may be reproduced and distributed in whole or in part, in
-any medium, physical or electronic, so as long as this copyright
-notice remains intact and unchanged on all copies.  Commercial
-redistribution is permitted and encouraged, but you may not
-redistribute, in whole or in part, under terms more restrictive than
-those under which you received it. If you redistribute a modified or
-translated version of this work, you must also make the source code to
-the modified or translated version available in electronic form
-without charge.  However, mere aggregation as part of a larger work
-shall not count as a modification for this purpose.
-
-All code examples in this work are placed into the public domain,
-and may be used, modified and redistributed without restriction.
-
-BECAUSE THIS WORK IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
-WARRANTY FOR THE WORK, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
-EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
-OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE WORK "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
-KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  SHOULD THE WORK PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
-THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
-WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
-AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE WORK AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
-FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
-WORK, EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE 
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

docs/reference/ChangeLog

@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-1999-09-22  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/*.sgml: ran make templates, to fix problems with structs.
-
-	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: rearranged GtkCombo section.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkvseparator.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkhseparator.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkgc.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkfeatures.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtktipsquery.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkitem.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkinvisible.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkgamma.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkdata.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcurve.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkcombo.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkaccellabel.sgml: documented.
-
-1999-09-20  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: added role="no-toc" to the GTK+ Widgets & Objects
-	chapter since we've created our own special contents page.
-
-1999-09-19  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkmarshal.sgml: 
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtksignal.sgml: new sections from 
-         David Benson <daveb@idealab.com>.
-
-	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: rearranged signal sections, and made most
-	marshallers private. Moved GtkSignalRunType to signals section.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkradiobutton.sgml: new section from Lee Mallabone.
-
-1999-09-17  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: removed menu factory and debugging sections.
-
-	* gtk/gtk-sections.txt: made menu factory stuff private since it is
-	deprecated. Also made debugging stuff private since it is only useful
-	within GTK+.
-
-1999-09-14  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkfilesel.sgml: fixed mismatched parentheses.
-
-1999-09-02  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml: 
-	* gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml: minor fixes.
-
-1999-09-20  David C. Mason  <dcm@redhat.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkimage.sgml: first pass at gtkimage... not complete
-
-1999-08-28  Damon Chaplin  <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkbbox.sgml: new section from Lee Mallabone.
-
-	* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: rearranged rgb, regions, and drawing sections.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/rgb.sgml: new section from Raph Levien, with a few changes
-	by me, including a little example app.
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/regions.sgml: 
-	* gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml: 
-	* gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml: my first attempt.
-	* gdk/tmpl/cursors.sgml: tiny changes.
-
-Tue Aug 17 09:14:01 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtktypeutils.sgml: Fix corrupted end tag.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkselection.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml
-	  gtk/tmpl/gtkdnd.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkarrow.sgml
-	  gtk/tmpl/gtkpaned.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkmisc.sgml
-	  gtk/tmpl/gtkhandlebox.sgml gtk/tmpl/gtkctree.sgml:
-	Added missing close tags.
-
-Thu Aug 19 14:43:08 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/gcs.sgml gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Added section. 
-	  (Written a while ago but fell through the cracks)
-
-	* gtk/gtk-docs.sgml: Add a &hash; entity here as a
-	  temporary hack. (There is no standard entity
-	  for '#', and no way of escaping '#' in gtk-doc)
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkrc.sgml: Use the above to fix up #rrggbb
-	  string literals.
-
-	* gtk/tmpl/gtkdrawingarea.sgml: Fixed a couple
-	  of errors in the example. (pointed out by
-	  Nick Lamb)
-
-Mon Aug 16 6:60:53 1999  Owen Taylor  <otaylor@redhat.com>
-
-	* gdk/tmpl/properties.sgml
-	  gdk/tmpl/selections.sgml
-	  gdk/tmpl/input_devices.sgml: Documented
-
-	* gdk/gdk-sections.txt: Moved around types for
-	  input devices properties and selections, marked
-	  a few functions as private.

docs/reference/README

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-This package contains the reference documentation
-for GTK+. For more information about GTK+
-see:
-
- http://www.gtk.org
-
-For information about contributing to the
-GLib/GTK+ reference documentation project, see:
-
- http://www.gtk.org/rdp/
-
-The GTK+ reference documentation is freely redistributable,
-see the file COPYING for details.
-
-
-REQUIREMENTS
-============
-
-To build the documentation, you must have the gtk-doc
-package installed. To rebuild the template files,
-you must have the current version of the GTK+
-header files installed.
-
-
-BUILD
-=====
-
-First, run configure to generate the makefiles for this
-module. There is one option specific to this package
-
-  --with-html-dir=DIR   top of installed HTML documentation tree
-
-
-The Makefiles in the gdk/ and gtk/ subdirs each define three targets:
-
- templates:
-  
-  Scan the headers and merge the results with the current 
-  template files
-
- sgml:
-
-  Generate SGML files using the DocBook DTD from
-  the template files
-
- html:
-
-  Generate HTML from the SGML files.
-
-To build the documentation, do:
-
- make sgml
- make html
-
-You should only run the 'make templates' step if you
-need to regenerate the templates for a more recent
-version of the GTK+ sources.
-
-INSTALLATION
-============
-
- make install

docs/reference/README.cvs-commits

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-Before making any changes to this module, please
-contact:
-
-  Damon Chaplin <damon@karuna.freeserve.co.uk>
-
-This will ensure that duplicate work does not occur,
-and also make sure we know who has written what
-parts of the documentation. See 
-
- http://www.gtk.org/rdp/
-
-for more information.
-
-By contributing work to the Reference Documentation
-Project, you agree that it will be covered under the
-license terms described in the file COPYING
-included in this directory.
-
-
-Other notes:
-
-- Do not run 'make templates' unless you have
-  the latest cvs version of the gtk-1-2
-  branch of GTK+ and the latest CVS version
-  of gtk-doc.
-
-  (This is very important. Otherwise, the template
-  files may be come corrupted.)
-
-  Make sure that gtk-config --prefix points
-  to the correct version of GTK+.
-
-- As always, ChangeLog entries should be made for
-  each commit. These can be really brief
-  "documented GHashTable"; but if you are editing
-  something someone else wrote, please be specific.
-  (Or better, send the changes to them for their
-  approval, first)
-

docs/reference/gdk/.cvsignore

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-sgml
-html
-gdk-decl-list.txt
-gdk-unused.txt

docs/reference/gdk/Makefile.am

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-# The name of the module.
-DOC_MODULE=gdk
-
-# The top-level SGML file.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=gdk-docs.sgml
-
-# We could alternatively use this for using installed headers.
-INCLUDE_DIR=`gtk-config --prefix`/include/gdk
-
-
-TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-scan:
-	gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) $(INCLUDE_DIR)/gdk.h $(INCLUDE_DIR)/gdktypes.h $(INCLUDE_DIR)/gdkrgb.h
-
-templates: scan
-	gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-sgml:
-	gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-html:
-	if ! test -d html ; then mkdir html ; fi
-	-cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
-
-clean-local:
-	rm -f *~ *.bak *.hierarchy *.signals *.args *-unused.txt
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt 
-
-install-data-local:
-	install -d -m 0755 $(TARGET_DIR)
-	install -m 0644 html/*.html $(TARGET_DIR)
-	install -m 0644 html/index.sgml $(TARGET_DIR)
-	gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
-	$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
-	gdk-overrides.txt \
-	gdk-decl.txt
-
-dist-hook:
-	mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl
-	cp -p tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl
-
-.PHONY : html sgml templates scan

docs/reference/gdk/gdk-docs.sgml

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity gdk-General SYSTEM "sgml/general.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Bitmaps-and-Pixmaps SYSTEM "sgml/pixmaps.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Images SYSTEM "sgml/images.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-GdkRGB SYSTEM "sgml/rgb.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Colormaps-and-Colors SYSTEM "sgml/colors.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Fonts SYSTEM "sgml/fonts.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Drawing-Primitives SYSTEM "sgml/drawing.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Graphics-Contexts SYSTEM "sgml/gcs.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Visuals SYSTEM "sgml/visuals.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Windows SYSTEM "sgml/windows.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Selections SYSTEM "sgml/selections.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Properties-and-Atoms SYSTEM "sgml/properties.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input-Methods SYSTEM "sgml/input_methods.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input-Contexts SYSTEM "sgml/input_contexts.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Color-Contexts SYSTEM "sgml/color_contexts.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Points-Rectangles-and-Regions SYSTEM "sgml/regions.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Threads SYSTEM "sgml/threads.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Key-Values SYSTEM "sgml/keys.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input-Devices SYSTEM "sgml/input_devices.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Events SYSTEM "sgml/events.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Event-Structures SYSTEM "sgml/event_structs.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Cursors SYSTEM "sgml/cursors.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Input SYSTEM "sgml/input.sgml">
-<!entity gdk-Drag-and-Drop SYSTEM "sgml/dnd.sgml">
-]>
-<book id="index">
-  <bookinfo>
-    <title>GDK Reference Manual</title>
-  </bookinfo>
-
-  <chapter id="gdk">
-    <title>GDK</title>
-    &gdk-General;
-    &gdk-Bitmaps-and-Pixmaps;
-    &gdk-Images;
-    &gdk-GdkRGB;
-    &gdk-Colormaps-and-Colors;
-    &gdk-Fonts;
-    &gdk-Drawing-Primitives;
-    &gdk-Graphics-Contexts;
-    &gdk-Visuals;
-    &gdk-Windows;
-    &gdk-Selections;
-    &gdk-Properties-and-Atoms;
-    &gdk-Input-Methods;
-    &gdk-Input-Contexts;
-    &gdk-Color-Contexts;
-    &gdk-Points-Rectangles-and-Regions;
-    &gdk-Threads;
-    &gdk-Key-Values;
-    &gdk-Input-Devices;
-    &gdk-Events;
-    &gdk-Event-Structures;
-    &gdk-Cursors;
-    &gdk-Input;
-    &gdk-Drag-and-Drop;
-  </chapter>
-</book>

docs/reference/gdk/gdk-overrides.txt

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-
-# GdkPixmap, GdkBitmap and GdkDrawable are the same as GdkWindow.
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>GdkPixmap</NAME>
-struct GdkPixmap
-{
-  gpointer user_data;
-};
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>GdkBitmap</NAME>
-struct GdkBitmap
-{
-  gpointer user_data;
-};
-</STRUCT>
-<STRUCT>
-<NAME>GdkDrawable</NAME>
-struct GdkDrawable
-{
-  gpointer user_data;
-};
-</STRUCT>

docs/reference/gdk/gdk-sections.txt

@@ -1,588 +0,0 @@
-
-<INCLUDE>gdk/gdk.h</INCLUDE>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>General</TITLE>
-<FILE>general</FILE>
-gdk_init
-gdk_init_check
-gdk_exit
-GdkStatus
-GDK_NONE
-GDK_CURRENT_TIME
-GDK_PRIORITY_EVENTS
-gdk_set_locale
-gdk_get_show_events
-gdk_set_show_events
-gdk_add_client_message_filter
-gdk_set_sm_client_id
-gdk_get_use_xshm
-gdk_set_use_xshm
-gdk_get_display
-gdk_screen_width
-gdk_screen_height
-gdk_screen_width_mm
-gdk_screen_height_mm
-gdk_pointer_grab
-gdk_pointer_ungrab
-gdk_keyboard_grab
-gdk_keyboard_ungrab
-gdk_pointer_is_grabbed
-gdk_flush
-gdk_beep
-gdk_key_repeat_disable
-gdk_key_repeat_restore
-gdk_error_trap_push
-gdk_error_trap_pop
-
-<SUBSECTION Private>
-gdk_time_get
-gdk_timer_get
-gdk_timer_set
-gdk_timer_enable
-gdk_timer_disable
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Bitmaps and Pixmaps</TITLE>
-<FILE>pixmaps</FILE>
-GdkPixmap
-gdk_pixmap_new
-gdk_bitmap_create_from_data
-gdk_pixmap_create_from_data
-gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm
-gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm
-gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d
-gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d
-gdk_pixmap_ref
-gdk_pixmap_unref
-GdkBitmap
-gdk_bitmap_ref
-gdk_bitmap_unref
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Images</TITLE>
-<FILE>images</FILE>
-GdkImage
-GdkImageType
-gdk_image_new_bitmap
-gdk_image_new
-gdk_image_get
-gdk_image_put_pixel
-gdk_image_get_pixel
-gdk_image_destroy
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>GdkRGB</TITLE>
-<FILE>rgb</FILE>
-gdk_rgb_init
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_draw_rgb_image
-gdk_draw_rgb_image_dithalign
-gdk_draw_indexed_image
-gdk_draw_gray_image
-gdk_draw_rgb_32_image
-GdkRgbDither
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_rgb_cmap_new
-gdk_rgb_cmap_free
-GdkRgbCmap
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_rgb_gc_set_foreground
-gdk_rgb_gc_set_background
-gdk_rgb_xpixel_from_rgb
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_rgb_set_install
-gdk_rgb_set_min_colors
-gdk_rgb_get_visual
-gdk_rgb_get_cmap
-gdk_rgb_ditherable
-gdk_rgb_set_verbose
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Colormaps and Colors</TITLE>
-<FILE>colors</FILE>
-GdkColor
-GdkColormap
-gdk_colormap_new
-gdk_colormap_ref
-gdk_colormap_unref
-gdk_colormap_get_system
-gdk_colormap_get_system_size
-gdk_colormap_change
-gdk_colormap_alloc_colors
-gdk_colormap_alloc_color
-gdk_colormap_free_colors
-gdk_colormap_get_visual
-gdk_colors_store
-gdk_color_copy
-gdk_color_free
-gdk_colors_alloc
-gdk_colors_free
-gdk_color_white
-gdk_color_black
-gdk_color_parse
-gdk_color_alloc
-gdk_color_change
-gdk_color_equal
-gdk_color_hash
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Fonts</TITLE>
-<FILE>fonts</FILE>
-GdkFont
-GdkFontType
-gdk_font_load
-gdk_fontset_load
-gdk_font_ref
-gdk_font_unref
-gdk_font_id
-gdk_font_equal
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_string_extents
-gdk_text_extents
-gdk_text_extents_wc
-gdk_string_width
-gdk_text_width
-gdk_text_width_wc
-gdk_char_width
-gdk_char_width_wc
-gdk_string_measure
-gdk_text_measure
-gdk_char_measure
-gdk_string_height
-gdk_text_height
-gdk_char_height
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Drawing Primitives</TITLE>
-<FILE>drawing</FILE>
-GdkFill
-GdkLineStyle
-GdkCapStyle
-GdkJoinStyle
-
-gdk_draw_point
-gdk_draw_points
-gdk_draw_line
-gdk_draw_lines
-gdk_draw_segments
-GdkSegment
-gdk_draw_rectangle
-gdk_draw_arc
-gdk_draw_polygon
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_draw_string
-gdk_draw_text
-gdk_draw_text_wc
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_draw_pixmap
-gdk_draw_bitmap
-gdk_draw_image
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Graphics Contexts</TITLE>
-<FILE>gcs</FILE>
-GdkGC
-GdkGCValues
-GdkGCValuesMask
-
-GdkFunction
-
-gdk_gc_new
-gdk_gc_new_with_values
-gdk_gc_ref
-gdk_gc_unref
-gdk_gc_destroy
-gdk_gc_get_values
-gdk_gc_set_foreground
-gdk_gc_set_background
-gdk_gc_set_font
-gdk_gc_set_function
-gdk_gc_set_fill
-gdk_gc_set_tile
-gdk_gc_set_stipple
-gdk_gc_set_ts_origin
-gdk_gc_set_clip_origin
-gdk_gc_set_clip_mask
-gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle
-gdk_gc_set_clip_region
-gdk_gc_set_subwindow
-GdkSubwindowMode
-gdk_gc_set_exposures
-gdk_gc_set_line_attributes
-gdk_gc_set_dashes
-gdk_gc_copy
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Visuals</TITLE>
-<FILE>visuals</FILE>
-GdkVisual
-GdkVisualType
-GdkByteOrder
-gdk_query_depths
-gdk_query_visual_types
-gdk_list_visuals
-
-gdk_visual_get_best_depth
-gdk_visual_get_best_type
-gdk_visual_get_system
-gdk_visual_get_best
-gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth
-gdk_visual_get_best_with_type
-gdk_visual_get_best_with_both
-gdk_visual_ref
-gdk_visual_unref
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Windows</TITLE>
-<FILE>windows</FILE>
-GdkWindowAttr
-GdkWindow
-GdkWindowType
-GdkWindowClass
-GdkWindowAttributesType
-GdkWindowHints
-GdkGeometry
-
-gdk_window_new
-gdk_window_destroy
-gdk_window_ref
-gdk_window_unref
-gdk_window_at_pointer
-gdk_window_show
-gdk_window_hide
-gdk_window_is_visible
-gdk_window_is_viewable
-gdk_window_withdraw
-gdk_window_move
-gdk_window_resize
-gdk_window_move_resize
-gdk_window_reparent
-gdk_window_clear
-gdk_window_clear_area
-gdk_window_clear_area_e
-gdk_window_copy_area
-gdk_window_raise
-gdk_window_lower
-gdk_window_register_dnd
-gdk_window_set_user_data
-gdk_window_set_override_redirect
-gdk_window_add_filter
-gdk_window_remove_filter
-GdkFilterFunc
-GdkFilterReturn
-gdk_window_shape_combine_mask
-gdk_window_set_child_shapes
-gdk_window_merge_child_shapes
-gdk_window_set_static_gravities
-gdk_window_set_hints
-gdk_window_set_title
-gdk_window_set_background
-gdk_window_set_back_pixmap
-GDK_PARENT_RELATIVE
-gdk_window_set_cursor
-gdk_window_set_colormap
-gdk_window_get_user_data
-gdk_window_get_geometry
-gdk_window_set_geometry_hints
-gdk_window_get_position
-gdk_window_get_root_origin
-gdk_window_get_size
-gdk_window_get_visual
-gdk_window_get_colormap
-gdk_window_get_type
-gdk_window_get_origin
-gdk_window_get_deskrelative_origin
-gdk_window_get_pointer
-GdkModifierType
-gdk_window_get_parent
-gdk_window_get_toplevel
-gdk_window_get_children
-gdk_window_get_events
-gdk_window_set_events
-gdk_window_set_icon
-gdk_window_set_icon_name
-gdk_window_set_transient_for
-gdk_window_set_role
-gdk_window_set_group
-gdk_window_set_decorations
-GdkWMDecoration
-gdk_window_set_functions
-GdkWMFunction
-gdk_window_get_toplevels
-GdkDrawable
-gdk_drawable_set_data
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Selections</TITLE>
-<FILE>selections</FILE>
-GdkSelection
-GdkSelectionType
-GdkTarget
-gdk_selection_owner_set
-gdk_selection_owner_get
-gdk_selection_convert
-gdk_selection_property_get
-gdk_selection_send_notify
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Properties and Atoms</TITLE>
-<FILE>properties</FILE>
-GdkAtom
-gdk_text_property_to_text_list
-gdk_free_text_list
-gdk_string_to_compound_text
-gdk_free_compound_text
-gdk_atom_intern
-gdk_atom_name
-gdk_property_get
-gdk_property_change
-GdkPropMode
-gdk_property_delete
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input Methods</TITLE>
-<FILE>input_methods</FILE>
-GdkIMStyle
-GdkWChar
-gdk_im_ready
-gdk_im_begin
-gdk_im_end
-gdk_im_decide_style
-gdk_im_set_best_style
-
-gdk_wcstombs
-gdk_mbstowcs
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input Contexts</TITLE>
-<FILE>input_contexts</FILE>
-GdkIC
-GdkICAttr
-GdkICAttributesType
-gdk_ic_new
-gdk_ic_destroy
-gdk_ic_get_style
-gdk_ic_set_attr
-gdk_ic_get_attr
-gdk_ic_get_events
-gdk_ic_attr_new
-gdk_ic_attr_destroy
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Color Contexts</TITLE>
-<FILE>color_contexts</FILE>
-GdkColorContext
-GdkColorContextDither
-GdkColorContextMode
-
-gdk_color_context_new
-gdk_color_context_new_mono
-gdk_color_context_free
-gdk_color_context_get_pixel
-gdk_color_context_get_pixels
-gdk_color_context_get_pixels_incremental
-gdk_color_context_query_color
-gdk_color_context_query_colors
-gdk_color_context_add_palette
-gdk_color_context_init_dither
-gdk_color_context_free_dither
-gdk_color_context_get_pixel_from_palette
-gdk_color_context_get_index_from_palette
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Points, Rectangles and Regions</TITLE>
-<FILE>regions</FILE>
-GdkPoint
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkRectangle
-gdk_rectangle_intersect
-gdk_rectangle_union
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-GdkRegion
-gdk_region_new
-gdk_region_polygon
-GdkFillRule
-gdk_region_destroy
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_regions_intersect
-gdk_regions_union
-gdk_regions_subtract
-gdk_regions_xor
-gdk_region_union_with_rect
-gdk_region_offset
-gdk_region_shrink
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_region_empty
-gdk_region_equal
-gdk_region_point_in
-gdk_region_rect_in
-GdkOverlapType
-gdk_region_get_clipbox
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Threads</TITLE>
-<FILE>threads</FILE>
-gdk_threads_mutex
-GDK_THREADS_ENTER
-GDK_THREADS_LEAVE
-gdk_threads_enter
-gdk_threads_leave
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Key Values</TITLE>
-<FILE>keys</FILE>
-gdk_keyval_name
-gdk_keyval_from_name
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_keyval_is_upper
-gdk_keyval_is_lower
-
-<SUBSECTION>
-gdk_keyval_to_upper
-gdk_keyval_to_lower
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input Devices</TITLE>
-<FILE>input_devices</FILE>
-GDK_CORE_POINTER
-gdk_input_list_devices
-GdkDeviceInfo
-GdkDeviceKey
-gdk_input_set_extension_events
-GdkExtensionMode
-gdk_input_set_source
-GdkInputSource
-gdk_input_set_mode
-GdkInputMode
-gdk_input_set_axes
-GdkAxisUse
-gdk_input_set_key
-gdk_input_window_get_pointer
-gdk_input_motion_events
-GdkTimeCoord
-
-<SUBSECTION Private>
-gdk_input_init
-gdk_input_exit
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Events</TITLE>
-<FILE>events</FILE>
-GdkEventType
-GdkEventMask
-
-gdk_events_pending
-gdk_event_peek
-gdk_event_get
-gdk_event_get_graphics_expose
-gdk_event_put
-gdk_event_copy
-gdk_event_free
-gdk_event_get_time
-gdk_event_handler_set
-gdk_event_send_client_message
-
-GdkEventFunc
-
-gdk_event_send_clientmessage_toall
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Event Structures</TITLE>
-<FILE>event_structs</FILE>
-GdkEventAny
-GdkEventExpose
-GdkEventNoExpose
-GdkEventVisibility
-GdkVisibilityState
-GdkEventMotion
-GdkEventButton
-GdkEventKey
-GdkEventCrossing
-GdkCrossingMode
-GdkNotifyType
-GdkEventFocus
-GdkEventConfigure
-GdkEventProperty
-GdkPropertyState
-GdkEventSelection
-GdkEventProximity
-GdkEventClient
-GdkEventDND
-GdkEvent
-GdkXEvent
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Cursors</TITLE>
-<FILE>cursors</FILE>
-GdkCursor
-GdkCursorType
-gdk_cursor_new
-gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap
-gdk_cursor_destroy
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Input</TITLE>
-<FILE>input</FILE>
-gdk_input_add_full
-GdkInputCondition
-GdkInputFunction
-GdkDestroyNotify
-gdk_input_add
-gdk_input_remove
-</SECTION>
-
-<SECTION>
-<TITLE>Drag and Drop</TITLE>
-<FILE>dnd</FILE>
-gdk_drag_get_selection
-gdk_drag_abort
-gdk_drop_reply
-gdk_drag_context_new
-gdk_drag_drop
-gdk_drag_find_window
-gdk_drag_context_ref
-gdk_drag_begin
-gdk_drag_motion
-gdk_drop_finish
-gdk_drag_get_protocol
-GdkDragProtocol
-gdk_drag_context_unref
-GdkDragContext
-GdkDragAction
-gdk_drag_status
-</SECTION>

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/color_contexts.sgml

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Color Contexts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColorContext ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@visual: 
-@colormap: 
-@num_colors: 
-@max_colors: 
-@num_allocated: 
-@mode: 
-@need_to_free_colormap: 
-@std_cmap_atom: 
-@clut: 
-@cmap: 
-@color_hash: 
-@palette: 
-@num_palette: 
-@fast_dither: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColorContextDither ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@fast_rgb: 
-@fast_err: 
-@fast_erg: 
-@fast_erb: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkColorContextMode ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CC_MODE_UNDEFINED: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_BW: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_STD_CMAP: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_TRUE: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_MY_GRAY: 
-@GDK_CC_MODE_PALETTE: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@visual: 
-@colormap: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_new_mono ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@visual: 
-@colormap: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixel ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-@failed: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixels ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@reds: 
-@greens: 
-@blues: 
-@ncolors: 
-@colors: 
-@nallocated: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixels_incremental ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@reds: 
-@greens: 
-@blues: 
-@ncolors: 
-@used: 
-@colors: 
-@nallocated: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_query_color ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@color: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_query_colors ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@colors: 
-@num_colors: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_add_palette ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@palette: 
-@num_palette: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_init_dither ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_free_dither ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_pixel_from_palette ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-@failed: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_context_get_index_from_palette ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@cc: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-@failed: 
-@Returns: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/colors.sgml

@@ -1,390 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Colormaps and Colors
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-manipulation of colors and colormaps.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-These functions are used to modify colormaps.
-A colormap is an object that contains the mapping
-between the color values stored in memory and
-the RGB values that are used to display color
-values. In general, colormaps only contain
-significant information for pseudo-color visuals,
-but even for other visual types, a colormap object
-is required in some circumstances.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-There are a couple of special colormaps that can
-be retrieved. The system colormap (retrieved 
-with gdk_colormap_get_system()) is the default
-colormap of the system. If you are using GdkRGB,
-there is another colormap that is important - the
-colormap in which GdkRGB works, retrieved with
-gdk_rgb_get_cmap(). However, when using GdkRGB, 
-it is not generally necessary to allocate colors
-directly.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-In previous revisions of this interface, a number
-of functions that take a #GdkColormap parameter
-were replaced with functions whose names began
-with "gdk_colormap_". This process will probably
-be extended somewhat in the future - 
-gdk_color_white(), gdk_color_black(), and 
-gdk_color_change() will probably become aliases.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColor ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkColor structure is used to describe an 
-allocated or unallocated color.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>pixel</structfield></entry>
-<entry>For allocated colors, the value used to
-draw this color on the screen.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>red</structfield></entry>
-<entry>The red component of the color. This is
-a value between 0 and 65535, with 65535 indicating
-full intensitiy.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>green</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the blue component of the color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>blue</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the green component of the color..</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@pixel: 
-@red: 
-@green: 
-@blue: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkColormap ##### -->
-<para>
-The colormap structure contains the following public
-fields.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>size</structfield></entry>
-<entry>For pseudo-color colormaps, the number of colors
-in the colormap..</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>colors</structfield></entry>
-<entry>An array containing the current values in the
-colormap. This can be used to map from pixel values
-back to RGB values. This is only meaningful for
-pseudo-color colormaps.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@size: 
-@colors: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new colormap for the given visual.
-</para>
-
-@visual: a #GdkVisual.
-@allocate: if %TRUE, the newly created colormap will be
-  a private colormap, and all colors in it will be
-  allocated for the applications use.
-@Returns: the new #GdkColormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a colormap.
-</para>
-
-@cmap: a #GdkColormap.
-@Returns: @cmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a colormap. If the
-resulting reference count is zero, destroys the colormap.
-</para>
-
-@cmap: a #GdkColormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_get_system ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the system's default colormap.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the default colormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_get_system_size ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the size of the system's default colormap.
-(See the description of struct #GdkColormap for an
-explanation of the size of a colormap.)
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the size of the system's default colormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_change ##### -->
-<para>
-Change the value of the first @ncolors in a private colormap
-to match the values in the <structfield>colors</structfield>
-array in the color map. This function is obsolete and
-should not be used. See gdk_color_change().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@ncolors: the number of colors to change.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_alloc_colors ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocates colors from a colormap.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@colors: The color values to allocate. On return, the pixel
- values for allocated colors will be filled in.
-@ncolors: The number of colors in @colors.
-@writeable: If %TRUE, the colors are allocated writeable
- (their values can later be changed using gdk_color_change()).
- Writeable colors cannot be shared between applications.
-@best_match: If %TRUE, GDK will attempt to do matching against
- existing colors if the colors cannot be allocated as
- requested.
-@success: An array of length @ncolors. On return, this
- indicates whether the corresponding color in @colors was
- sucessfully allocated or not.
-@Returns: The number of colors that were not sucessfully 
- allocated.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_alloc_color ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocate a single color from a colormap.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: the color to allocate. On return the
-<structfield>pixel</structfield> field will be
-filled in if allocation succeeds.
-@writeable: If %TRUE, the color is allocated writeable
- (their values can later be changed using gdk_color_change()).
- Writeable colors cannot be shared between applications.
-@best_match: If %TRUE, GDK will attempt to do matching against
- existing colors if the color cannot be allocated as
- requested.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_free_colors ##### -->
-<para>
-Free previously allocated colors.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@colors: the colors to free.
-@ncolors: the number of colors in @colors.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colormap_get_visual ##### -->
-<para>
-Return the visual for which a given colormap was created.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@Returns: the visual of the colormap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colors_store ##### -->
-<para>
-Change the value of the first @ncolors colors in
-a private colormap. This function is obsolete and
-should not be used. See gdk_color_change().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@colors: the new color values.
-@ncolors: the number of colors to change.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_copy ##### -->
-<para>
-Make a copy of a color structure. The result
-must be freed using gdk_color_free().
-</para>
-
-@color: a #GdkColor.
-@Returns: a copy of @color.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_free ##### -->
-<para>
-Free a color structure created with 
-gdk_color_copy().
-</para>
-
-@color: a #GdkColor.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colors_alloc ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocate colors from a colormap. This function
-is obsolete. See gdk_colormap_alloc_colors().
-For full documentation of the fields, see 
-the Xlib documentation for XAllocColorCells.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@contiguous: if %TRUE, the colors should be allocated
- in contiguous color cells.
-@planes: an array in which to store the plane masks.
-@nplanes: the number of planes to allocate. (Or zero,
- to indicate that the color allocation should not be
- planar.)
-@pixels: an array into which to store allocated pixel
- values.
-@npixels: the number of pixels in each plane to allocate.
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_colors_free ##### -->
-<para>
-Free colors allocated with gdk_colors_alloc(). This
-function is obsolete. See gdk_colormap_free_colors().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@pixels: the pixel values of the colors to free.
-@npixels: the number of values in @pixels.
-@planes: the plane masks for all planes to free, OR'd
- together.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_white ##### -->
-<para>
-Return the white color for a given colormap. The resulting
-value has already allocated been allocated. 
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: the location to store the color.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_black ##### -->
-<para>
-Return the black color for a given colormap. The resulting
-value has already benn allocated. 
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: the location to store the color.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_parse ##### -->
-<para>
-Parse a textual specification of a color and fill in
-the <structfield>red</structfield>,
-<structfield>green</structfield>, and 
-<structfield>blue</structfield> fields of a 
-#GdkColor structure. The color is <emphasis>not</emphasis> 
-allocated, you must call gdk_colormap_alloc_color() yourself.
-The text string can be in any of the forms accepted
-by <function>XParseColor</function>; these include
-name for a color from <filename>rgb.txt</filename>, such as
-<literal>DarkSlateGray</literal>, or a hex specification
-such as <literal>305050</literal>.
-</para>
-
-@spec: the string specifying the color.
-@color: the #GdkColor to fill in
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_alloc ##### -->
-<para>
-Allocate a single color from a colormap.
-This function is obsolete. See gdk_colormap_alloc_color().
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: The color to allocate. On return, the 
-<structfield>pixel</structfield> field will be
-filled in.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the allocation succeeded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_change ##### -->
-<para>
-Change the value of a color that has already
-been allocated. If @colormap is not a private
-colormap, then the color must have been allocated
-using gdk_colormap_alloc_colors() with the 
-@writeable set to %TRUE.
-</para>
-
-@colormap: a #GdkColormap.
-@color: a #GdkColor, with the color to change
-in the <structfield>pixel</structfield> field,
-and the new value in the remaining fields.
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_equal ##### -->
-<para>
-Compare two colors. 
-</para>
-
-@colora: a #GdkColor.
-@colorb: another #GdkColor.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the two colors compare equal
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_color_hash ##### -->
-<para>
-A hash function suitable for using for a hash
-table that stores #GdkColor's.
-</para>
-
-@colora: a #GdkColor.
-@colorb: NOT USED.
-@Returns: The hash function appled to @colora
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/cursors.sgml

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Cursors
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-standard and pixmap cursors.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkCursor ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkCursorType ##### -->
-<para>
-The standard cursors available.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_cursor_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new standard cursor.
-</para>
-
-@cursor_type: the type of the cursor.
-@Returns: a new #GdkCursor.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new cursor from a given pixmap and mask. Both the pixmap and mask
-must have a depth of 1 (i.e. each pixel has only 2 values - on or off).
-The standard cursor size is 16 by 16 pixels.
-</para>
-<example><title>Creating a custom cursor.</title>
-<programlisting>
-/* This data is in X bitmap format, and can be created with the 'bitmap'
-   utility. */
-#define cursor1_width 16
-#define cursor1_height 16
-static unsigned char cursor1_bits[] = {
-   0x80, 0x01, 0x40, 0x02, 0x20, 0x04, 0x10, 0x08, 0x08, 0x10, 0x04, 0x20,
-   0x82, 0x41, 0x41, 0x82, 0x41, 0x82, 0x82, 0x41, 0x04, 0x20, 0x08, 0x10,
-   0x10, 0x08, 0x20, 0x04, 0x40, 0x02, 0x80, 0x01};
-
-static unsigned char cursor1mask_bits[] = {
-   0x80, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x60, 0x06, 0x30, 0x0c, 0x18, 0x18, 0x8c, 0x31,
-   0xc6, 0x63, 0x63, 0xc6, 0x63, 0xc6, 0xc6, 0x63, 0x8c, 0x31, 0x18, 0x18,
-   0x30, 0x0c, 0x60, 0x06, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x80, 0x01};
-
-
-  GdkCursor *cursor;
-  GdkPixmap *source, *mask;
-  GdkColor fg = { 0, 65535, 0, 0 }; /* Red. */
-  GdkColor bg = { 0, 0, 0, 65535 }; /* Blue. */
-
-
-  source = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data (NULL, cursor1_bits,
-					cursor1_width, cursor1_height);
-  mask = gdk_bitmap_create_from_data (NULL, cursor1mask_bits,
-				      cursor1_width, cursor1_height);
-  cursor = gdk_cursor_new_from_pixmap (source, mask, &amp;fg, &amp;bg, 8, 8);
-  gdk_pixmap_unref (source);
-  gdk_pixmap_unref (mask);
-
-
-  gdk_window_set_cursor (widget->window, cursor);
-</programlisting>
-</example>
-
-@source: the pixmap specifying the cursor.
-@mask: the pixmap specifying the mask, which must be the same size as @source.
-@fg: the foreground color, used for the bits in the source which are 1.
-The color does not have to be allocated first.
-@bg: the background color, used for the bits in the source which are 0.
-The color does not have to be allocated first.
-@x: the horizontal offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
-@y: the vertical offset of the 'hotspot' of the cursor.
-@Returns: a new #GdkCursor.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_cursor_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Destroys a cursor, freeing any resources allocated for it.
-</para>
-
-@cursor: a #GdkCursor.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/dnd.sgml

@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Drag and Drop
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_get_selection ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_abort ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drop_reply ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@ok: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_context_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_drop ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_find_window ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@drag_window: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-@dest_window: 
-@protocol: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_context_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@targets: 
-@Returns: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@actions: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_motion ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@dest_window: 
-@protocol: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-@suggested_action: 
-@possible_actions: 
-@time: 
-@Returns: 
-<!-- # Unused Parameters # -->
-@action: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drop_finish ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@success: 
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_get_protocol ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@xid: 
-@protocol: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkDragProtocol ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_MOTIF: 
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_XDND: 
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_ROOTWIN: 
-@GDK_DRAG_PROTO_NONE: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_context_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkDragContext ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@protocol: 
-@is_source: 
-@source_window: 
-@dest_window: 
-@targets: 
-@actions: 
-@suggested_action: 
-@action: 
-@start_time: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkDragAction ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_ACTION_DEFAULT: 
-@GDK_ACTION_COPY: 
-@GDK_ACTION_MOVE: 
-@GDK_ACTION_LINK: 
-@GDK_ACTION_PRIVATE: 
-@GDK_ACTION_ASK: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drag_status ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@context: 
-@action: 
-@time: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/drawing.sgml

@@ -1,320 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Drawing Primitives
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions for drawing points, lines, arcs, and text.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-These functions provide support for drawing points, lines, arcs and text
-onto what are called 'drawables'. Drawables, as the name suggests, are things
-which support drawing onto them, and are either #GdkWindow or #GdkPixmap
-objects.
-</para>
-<para>
-Many of the drawing operations take a #GdkGC argument, which represents a
-graphics context. This #GdkGC contains a number of drawing attributes such
-as foreground color, background color and line width, and is used to reduce
-the number of arguments needed for each drawing operation. See the
-<link linkend="gdk-Graphics-Contexts">Graphics Contexts</link> section for
-more information.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFill ##### -->
-<para>
-Used to specify the way in which drawing operations are performed.
-See gdk_gc_set_fill().
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SOLID: graphics are drawn in a solid color, usually the foreground color
-of the #GdkGC.
-@GDK_TILED: graphics are drawn using a tile pixmap. See gdk_gc_set_tile().
-@GDK_STIPPLED: graphics are drawn with a stipple (a pixmap with a depth of 1).
-Bits set in the stipple are drawn in the foreground color. Bits not set in the
-stipple are left as they are. See gdk_gc_set_stipple().
-@GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED: graphics are drawn with a stipple, as in @GDK_STIPPLED,
-except that the bits not set in the stipple are drawn in the background color
-instead of being left as they are. See gdk_gc_set_stipple().
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFillRule ##### -->
-<para>
-The method for determining which pixels are included in a region, when
-creating a #GdkRegion from a polygon.
-The fill rule is only relevant for polygons which overlap themselves.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_EVEN_ODD_RULE: areas which are overlapped an odd number of times are
-included in the region, while areas overlapped an even number of times are not.
-@GDK_WINDING_RULE: overlapping areas are always included.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkLineStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Used to specify how lines are drawn. See gdk_gc_set_line_attributes().
-</para>
-
-@GDK_LINE_SOLID: lines are drawn in a solid color, the foreground color.
-@GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH: dashed lines are drawn, with the pixels between the
-dashes left as they are. The #GdkCapStyle is applied to each end of the dashes.
-@GDK_LINE_DOUBLE_DASH: dashed lines are drawn, alternating between the
-foreground and background colors. The %GDK_CAP_BUTT style is used where
-dashes and gaps meet.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkCapStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Used to specify how the ends of lines and dashes are drawn.
-See gdk_gc_set_line_attributes().
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CAP_NOT_LAST: this is equivalent to %GDK_CAP_BUTT, except that for a line
-width of 0 the final endpoint is not drawn.
-@GDK_CAP_BUTT: the ends of the line are square with no projection beyond the
-endpoint.
-@GDK_CAP_ROUND: the ends of the line are rounded using a circular arc centered
-on the endpoint. This is equivalent to %GDK_CAP_BUTT when the line width is 0.
-@GDK_CAP_PROJECTING: the ends of the line are square, but project beyond the
-endpoint to a distance of half the line width.
-This is equivalent to %GDK_CAP_BUTT when the line width is 0.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkJoinStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Used to specify how the the joins between lines are drawn.
-See gdk_gc_set_line_attributes().
-</para>
-
-@GDK_JOIN_MITER: the ends of the lines are extended to meet at a point.
-If the angle between the lines is less than 11 degrees, %GDK_JOIN_BEVEL is
-used instead.
-@GDK_JOIN_ROUND: the ends of the lines are rounded with a circular arc
-centered on the joinpoint, with a diameter equal to the line width.
-@GDK_JOIN_BEVEL: the lines have %GDK_CAP_BUTT cap styles, with the triangular
-notch filled.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_point ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a point, using the foreground color and other attributes of the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the point.
-@y: the y coordinate of the point.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_line ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a line, using the foreground color and other attributes of the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x1: the x coordinate of the start point.
-@y1: the y coordinate of the start point.
-@x2: the x coordinate of the end point.
-@y2: the y coordinate of the end point.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_rectangle ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a rectangular outline or filled rectangle, using the foreground color
-and other attributes of the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-<note>
-<para>
-A rectangle drawn filled is 1 pixel smaller in both dimensions than a rectangle
-outlined. Calling gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, 0, 0, 20, 20) results
-in a filled rectangle 20 pixels wide and 20 pixels high. Calling
-gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, FALSE, 0, 0, 20, 20) results in an outlined
-rectangle with corners at (0, 0), (0, 20), (20, 20), and (20, 0), which
-makes it 21 pixels wide and 21 pixels high.
-</para>
-</note>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@filled: TRUE if the rectangle should be filled.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the rectangle.
-@y: the y coordinate of the top edge of the rectangle.
-@width: the width of the rectangle.
-@height: the height of the rectangle.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_arc ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws an arc or a filled 'pie slice'. The arc is defined by the bounding
-rectangle of the entire ellipse, and the start and end angles of the part of
-the ellipse to be drawn.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@filled: TRUE if the arc should be filled, producing a 'pie slice'.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the bounding rectangle.
-@y: the y coordinate of the top edge of the bounding rectangle.
-@width: the width of the bounding rectangle.
-@height: the height of the bounding rectangle.
-@angle1: the start angle of the arc, relative to the 3 o'clock position,
-counter-clockwise, in 1/64ths of a degree.
-@angle2: the end angle of the arc, in the same units as @angle1.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_polygon ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws an outlined or filled polygon.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@filled: TRUE if the polygon should be filled. The polygon is closed
-automatically, connecting the last point to the first point if necessary.
-@points: an array of #GdkPoint structures specifying the points making up the
-polygon.
-@npoints: the number of points.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_string ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a string of characters in the given font or fontset.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the text.
-@y: the y coordinate of the baseline of the text.
-@string: the string of characters to draw.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_text ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a number of characters in the given font or fontset.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the text.
-@y: the y coordinate of the baseline of the text.
-@text: the characters to draw.
-@text_length: the number of characters of @text to draw.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_text_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a number of wide characters using the given font of fontset.
-If the font is a 1-byte font, the string is converted into 1-byte characters
-(discarding the high bytes) before output.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the text.
-@y: the y coordinate of the baseline of the text.
-@text: the wide characters to draw.
-@text_length: the number of characters to draw.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_pixmap ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a pixmap, or a part of a pixmap, onto another drawable.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@src: the source #GdkPixmap to draw.
-@xsrc: the left edge of the source rectangle within @src.
-@ysrc: the top of the source rectangle within @src.
-@xdest: the x coordinate of the destination within @drawable.
-@ydest: the y coordinate of the destination within @drawable.
-@width: the width of the area to be copied, or -1 to make the area extend to
-the right edge of the source pixmap.
-@height: the height of the area to be copied, or -1 to make the area extend
-to the bottom edge of the source pixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_bitmap ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: 
-@src: 
-@xsrc: 
-@ysrc: 
-@xdest: 
-@ydest: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_image ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: 
-@image: 
-@xsrc: 
-@ysrc: 
-@xdest: 
-@ydest: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_points ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a number of points, using the foreground color and other attributes of
-the #GdkGC.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@points: an array of #GdkPoint structures.
-@npoints: the number of points to be drawn.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_segments ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: 
-@segs: 
-@nsegs: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkSegment ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@x1: 
-@y1: 
-@x2: 
-@y2: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_lines ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a series of lines connecting the given points.
-The way in which joins between lines are draw is determined by the
-#GdkCapStyle value in the #GdkGC. This can be set with
-gdk_gc_set_line_attributes().
-</para>
-
-@drawable: a #GdkDrawable (a #GdkWindow or a #GdkPixmap).
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@points: an array of #GdkPoint structures specifying the endpoints of the
-lines.
-@npoints: the number of endpoints.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/event_structs.sgml

@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Event Structures
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-<note>
-<para>
-A common mistake is to forget to set the event mask of a widget so that the
-required events are received. See gtk_widget_set_events().
-</para>
-</note>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventAny ##### -->
-<para>
-Contains the fields which are common to all event structs.
-Any event can safely be cast to a #GdkEventAny to access these fields.
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventExpose ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@area: 
-@count: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventNoExpose ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventVisibility ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@state: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkVisibilityState ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_UNOBSCURED: 
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_PARTIAL: 
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_FULLY_OBSCURED: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventMotion ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@time: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@pressure: 
-@xtilt: 
-@ytilt: 
-@state: 
-@is_hint: 
-@source: 
-@deviceid: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventButton ##### -->
-<para>
-Used for button press and button release events. The
-<structfield>type</structfield> field will be one of %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS,
-%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS, %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS, and %GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE.
-</para>
-<para>
-Double and treble-clicks result in a sequence of events being received.
-For double-clicks the order of events will be:
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-Note that the first click is received just like a normal
-button press, while the second click results in a %GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS being
-received just after the %GDK_BUTTON_PRESS.
-</para>
-<para>
-Treble-clicks are very similar to double-clicks, except that %GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS
-is inserted after the third click. The order of the events is:
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>%GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-
-@type: the type of the event.
-@window: the window which received the event.
-@send_event: TRUE if the event was sent explicitly (e.g. using XSendEvent).
-@time: the time of the event in milliseconds. This wraps around roughly every
-50 days.
-@x: the x coordinate of the mouse relative to the window.
-@y: the y coordinate of the mouse relative to the window.
-@pressure: the pressure of the button press, intended for input devices such
-as graphics tablets. It defaults to 0.5.
-@xtilt: 
-@ytilt: 
-@state: 
-@button: 
-@source: 
-@deviceid: 
-@x_root: the x coordinate of the mouse relative to the root of the screen.
-@y_root: the y coordinate of the mouse relative to the root of the screen.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventKey ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@time: 
-@state: 
-@keyval: 
-@length: 
-@string: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventCrossing ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@subwindow: 
-@time: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-@mode: 
-@detail: 
-@focus: 
-@state: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkCrossingMode ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CROSSING_NORMAL: 
-@GDK_CROSSING_GRAB: 
-@GDK_CROSSING_UNGRAB: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkNotifyType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL: 
-@GDK_NOTIFY_UNKNOWN: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventFocus ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@in: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventConfigure ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventProperty ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@atom: 
-@time: 
-@state: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventSelection ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@selection: 
-@target: 
-@property: 
-@requestor: 
-@time: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventProximity ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@time: 
-@source: 
-@deviceid: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventClient ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@message_type: 
-@data_format: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkEventDND ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@window: 
-@send_event: 
-@context: 
-@time: 
-@x_root: 
-@y_root: 
-
-<!-- ##### UNION GdkEvent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF GdkXEvent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/events.sgml

@@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Events
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkEventType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_NOTHING: 
-@GDK_DELETE: 
-@GDK_DESTROY: 
-@GDK_EXPOSE: 
-@GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_PRESS: 
-@GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS: 
-@GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE: 
-@GDK_KEY_PRESS: 
-@GDK_KEY_RELEASE: 
-@GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY: 
-@GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY: 
-@GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE: 
-@GDK_CONFIGURE: 
-@GDK_MAP: 
-@GDK_UNMAP: 
-@GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY: 
-@GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR: 
-@GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST: 
-@GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY: 
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_IN: 
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT: 
-@GDK_DRAG_ENTER: 
-@GDK_DRAG_LEAVE: 
-@GDK_DRAG_MOTION: 
-@GDK_DRAG_STATUS: 
-@GDK_DROP_START: 
-@GDK_DROP_FINISHED: 
-@GDK_CLIENT_EVENT: 
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY: 
-@GDK_NO_EXPOSE: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkEventMask ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK: 
-@GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON1_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON2_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON3_MOTION_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK: 
-@GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK: 
-@GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK: 
-@GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK: 
-@GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK: 
-@GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK: 
-@GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK: 
-@GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK: 
-@GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK: 
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK: 
-@GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK: 
-@GDK_SUBSTRUCTURE_MASK: 
-@GDK_ALL_EVENTS_MASK: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_events_pending ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_peek ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_get ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_get_graphics_expose ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_put ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@event: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_copy ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@event: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@event: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_get_time ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@event: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_handler_set ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@func: 
-@data: 
-@notify: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_send_client_message ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@event: 
-@xid: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkEventFunc ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@event: 
-@data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_event_send_clientmessage_toall ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@event: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/fonts.sgml

@@ -1,581 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Fonts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-loading and manipulating fonts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The GdkFont data type represents a font for drawing on
-the screen. These functions provide support for
-loading fonts, and also for determining the dimensions
-of characters and strings when drawn with a particular
-font.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Fonts in X are specified by a
-<firstterm>X Logical Font Description</firstterm>. 
-The following description is considerably simplified.
-For definitive information about XLFD's see the 
-X reference documentation. A X Logical Font Description (XLFD)
-consists of a sequence of fields separated (and surrounded by) '-'
-characters. For example, Adobe Helvetica Bold 12 pt, has the
-full description: 
-
-<programlisting>
-"-adobe-helvetica-bold-r-normal--12-120-75-75-p-70-iso8859-1"
-</programlisting>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The fields in the XLFD are:
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Foundry</entry>
-<entry>the company or organization where the font originated.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Family</entry>
-<entry>the font family (a group of related font designs).</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Weight</entry>
-<entry>A name for the font's typographic weight
-For example, 'bold' or 'medium').</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Slant</entry>
-<entry>The slant of the font. Common values are 'R' for Roman,
-'I' for italoc, and 'O' for oblique.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Set Width</entry>
-<entry>A name for the width of the font. For example,
-'normal' or 'condensed'.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Add Style</entry>
-<entry>Additional information to distinguish a font from
-other fonts of the same family.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Pixel Size</entry>
-<entry>The body size of the font in pixels.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Point Size</entry>
-<entry>The body size of the font in 10ths of a point.
-(A <firstterm>point</firstterm> is 1/72.27 inch) </entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Resolution X</entry>
-<entry>The horizontal resolution that the font was designed for.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Resolution Y</entry>
-<entry>The vertical resolution that the font was designed for .</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Spacing</entry>
-<entry>The type of spacing for the font - can be 'p' for proportional,
-'m' for monospaced or 'c' for charcell.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Average Width</entry>
-<entry>The average width of a glyph in the font. For monospaced
-and charcell fonts, all glyphs in the font have this width</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Charset Registry</entry>
-<entry>The registration authority that owns the encoding for
-the font. Together with the Charset Encoding field, this
-defines the character set for the font.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>Charset Encoding</entry>
-<entry>An identifier for the particular character set encoding.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-When specifying a font via a X logical Font Description,
-'*' can be used as a wildcard to match any portion of
-the XLFD. For instance, the above example could
-also be specified as
-
-<programlisting>
-"-*-helvetica-bold-r-normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-iso8859-1"
-</programlisting>
-
-It is generally a good idea to use wildcards for any
-portion of the XLFD that your program does not care
-about specifically, since that will improve the
-chances of finding a matching font.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-A <firstterm>fontset</firstterm> is a list of fonts
-that is used for drawing international text that may
-contain characters from a number of different character
-sets. It is represented by a list of XLFD's. 
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The font for a given character set is determined by going
-through the list of XLFD's in order. For each one, if
-the registry and and encoding fields match the desired
-character set, then that font is used, otherwise if
-the XLFD contains wild-cards for the registry and encoding
-fields, the registry and encoding for the desired character
-set are subsituted in and a lookup is done. If a match is found
-that font is used. Otherwise, processing continues
-on to the next font in the list.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The functions for determining the metrics of a string
-come in several varieties that can take a number
-of forms of string input:
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>8-bit string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    When using functions like gdk_string_width() that
-    take a <type>gchar *</type>, if the font is of type
-    %GDK_FONT_FONT and is an 8-bit font, then each
-    <type>gchar</type> indexes the glyphs in the font directly.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>16-bit string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    For functions taking a <type>gchar *</type>, if the
-    font is of type %GDK_FONT_FONT, and is a 16-bit
-    font, then the <type>gchar *</type> argument is
-    interpreted as a <type>guint16 *</type> cast to
-    a <type>gchar *</type> and each <type>guint16</type>
-    indexes the glyphs in the font directly.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>Multibyte string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    For functions taking a <type>gchar *</type>, if the
-    font is of type %GDK_FONT_FONTSET, then the input
-    string is interpreted as a <firstterm>multibyte</firstterm>
-    encoded according to the current locale. (A multibyte
-    string is one in which each character may consist
-    of one or more bytes, with different lengths for different
-    characters in the string). They can be converted to and
-    from wide character strings (see below) using
-    gdk_wcstombs() and gdk_mbstowcs().) The string will
-    be rendered using one or more different fonts from
-    the fontset.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>Wide character string</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    For a number of the text-measuring functions, GTK+
-    provides a variant (such as gdk_text_width_wc()) which
-    takes a <type>GdkWChar *</type> instead of a 
-    <type>gchar *</type>. The input is then taken to
-    be a wide character string in the encoding of the
-    current locale. (A wide character string is a string
-    in which each character consists of several bytes,
-    and the width of each character in the string is 
-    constant.)
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-GDK provides functions to determine a number of different
-measurements (metrics) for a given string. (Need diagram
-here).
-
-<variablelist>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>ascent</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The vertical distance from the origin of the drawing
-    opereration to the top of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>descent</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The vertical distance from the origin of the drawing
-    opereration to the bottom of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>left bearing</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The horizontal distance from the origin of the drawing
-    operation to the left-most part of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>right bearing</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The horizontal distance from the origin of the drawing
-    operation to the right-most part of the drawn character.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-  <varlistentry>
-    <term>width bearing</term>
-    <listitem><para>
-    The horizontal distance from the origin of the drawing
-    operation to the correct origin for drawing another
-    string to follow the current one. Depending on the
-    font, this could be greater than or less than the 
-    right bearing.
-    </para></listitem>
-  </varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkFont ##### -->
-<para>
-The GdkFont structure represents a font or fontset. It
-contains the following public fields. A new GdkFont
-structure is returned by gdk_font_load() or gdk_fontset_load(),
-and is reference counted with gdk_font_ref() and gdk_font_unref()
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
-<entry>a value of type #GdkFontType which indicates
-whether this font is a single font or a fontset.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>ascent</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the maximum distance that the font, when drawn,
-ascends above the baseline.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>descent</structfield></entry>
-<entry>the maximum distance that the font, when drawn,
-descends below the baseline.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@ascent: 
-@descent: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFontType ##### -->
-<para>
-Indicates the type of a font. The possible values
-are currently:
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_FONT_FONT</entry>
-<entry>the font is a single font.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_FONT_FONT</entry>
-<entry>the font is a fontset.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_FONT_FONT: 
-@GDK_FONT_FONTSET: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_load ##### -->
-<para>
-Loads a font.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Currently, this function will always return a new
-font, however, in the future, it may be changed to
-look up the font in a cache. You should make no
-assumptions about the initial reference count.
-</para>
-
-@font_name: a XLFD describing the font to load.
-@Returns: a #GdkFont, or NULL if the font could not be loaded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_fontset_load ##### -->
-<para>
-Loads a fontset.
-</para>
-<para>
-Currently this function will always return a new
-font, however, in the future, it may be changed to
-look up the font in a cache. You should make no
-assumptions about the initial reference count.
-</para>
-
-@fontset_name: a comma-separated list of XLFDs describing
-   the component fonts of the fontset to load.
-@Returns: a #GdkFont, or NULL if the fontset could not be loaded.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a count by one.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@Returns: @font
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a count by one.
-If the result is zero, destroys the font.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_id ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the X Font ID for the given font. 
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@Returns: the numeric X Font ID
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_font_equal ##### -->
-<para>
-Compares two fonts for equality. Single fonts compare equal
-if they have the same X font ID. This operation does
-not currently work correctly for fontsets.
-</para>
-
-@fonta: a #GdkFont.
-@fontb: another #GdkFont.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the fonts are equal.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_extents ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the metrics of a NULL-terminated string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont.
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure.
-@lbearing: the left bearing of the string.
-@rbearing: the right bearing of the string.
-@width: the width of the string.
-@ascent: the ascent of the string.
-@descent: the descent of the string.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_extents ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the metrics of a string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes. (If the
-  font is a 16-bit font, this is twice the length
-  of the text in characters.)
-@lbearing: the left bearing of the string.
-@rbearing: the right bearing of the string.
-@width: the width of the string.
-@ascent: the ascent of the string.
-@descent: the descent of the string.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_extents_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the metrics of a string of wide characters.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in character.
-@lbearing: the left bearing of the string.
-@rbearing: the right bearing of the string.
-@width: the width of the string.
-@ascent: the ascent of the string.
-@descent: the descent of the string.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a NULL-terminated string.
-(The distance from the origin of the string to the 
-point where the next string in a sequence of strings
-should be drawn)
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure
-@Returns: the width of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes.
-@Returns: the width of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_width_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given wide-character string.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in characters.
-@Returns: the width of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given character.
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the width of the character in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_width_wc ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the width of a given wide character. (Encoded
-in the wide-character encoding of the current locale).
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the width of the character in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_measure ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the distance from the origin to the rightmost
-portion of a NULL-terminated string when drawn. This is not the
-correct value for determining the origin of the next
-portion when drawing text in multiple pieces.
-See gdk_string_width().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure.
-@Returns: the right bearing of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_measure ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the distance from the origin to the rightmost
-portion of a string when drawn. This is not the
-correct value for determining the origin of the next
-portion when drawing text in multiple pieces. 
-See gdk_text_width().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes.
-@Returns: the right bearing of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_measure ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the distance from the origin to the rightmost
-portion of a character when drawn. This is not the
-correct value for determining the origin of the next
-portion when drawing text in multiple pieces. 
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the right bearing of the character in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_height ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the total height of a given NULL-terminated
-string. This value is not generally useful, because you
-cannot determine how this total height will be drawn in
-relation to the baseline. See gdk_string_extents().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@string: the NULL-terminated string to measure.
-@Returns: the height of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_height ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the total height of a given string.
-This value is not generally useful, because you cannot
-determine how this total height will be drawn in
-relation to the baseline. See gdk_text_extents().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@text: the text to measure.
-@text_length: the length of the text in bytes.
-@Returns: the height of the string in pixels.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_char_height ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the total height of a given character.
-This value is not generally useful, because you cannot
-determine how this total height will be drawn in
-relation to the baseline. See gdk_text_extents().
-</para>
-
-@font: a #GdkFont
-@character: the character to measure.
-@Returns: the height of the character in pixels.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/gcs.sgml

@@ -1,637 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Graphics Contexts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-objects to encapsulate drawing properties.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-All drawing operations in GDK take a 
-<firstterm>graphics context</firstterm> (GC) argument. 
-A graphics context encapsulates information about
-the way things are drawn, such as the foreground
-color or line width. By using graphics contexts, 
-the number of arguments to each drawing call is
-greatly reduced, and communication overhead is
-minimized, since identical arguments do not need
-to be passed repeatedly.
-</para>
-<para>
-Most values of a graphics context can be set at
-creation time by using gdk_gc_new_with_values(),
-or can be set one-by-one using functions such
-as gdk_gc_set_foreground(). A few of the values
-in the GC, such as the dash pattern, can only
-be set by the latter method.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkGC ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkGC structure represents a graphics context.
-It is an opaque structure with no user-visible
-elements.
-</para>
-
-@dummy_var: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkGCValues ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkGCValues structure holds a set of values used
-to create or modify a graphics context.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkColor	foreground;</entry>
-<entry>the foreground color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkColor	background;</entry>
-<entry>the background color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkFont *font;</entry>
-<entry>the default font..</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkFunction function;</entry>
-<entry>the bitwise operation used when drawing.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkFill fill;</entry>
-<entry>the fill style.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkPixmap *tile;</entry>
-<entry>the tile pixmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkPixmap *stipple;</entry>
-<entry>the stipple bitmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkPixmap *clip_mask;</entry>
-<entry>the clip mask bitmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkSubwindowMode subwindow_mode;</entry>
-<entry>the subwindow mode.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint ts_x_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the x origin of the tile or stipple.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint ts_y_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the y origin of the tile or stipple.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint clip_x_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the x origin of the clip mask.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint clip_y_origin;</entry>
-<entry>the y origin of the clip mask.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint graphics_exposures;</entry>
-<entry>whether graphics exposures are enabled.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint line_width;</entry>
-<entry>the line width</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkLineStyle line_style;</entry>
-<entry>the way dashed lines are drawn</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkCapStyle cap_style;</entry>
-<entry>the way the ends of lines are drawn</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#GdkJoinStyle join_style;</entry>
-<entry>the way joins between lines are drawn</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@foreground: 
-@background: 
-@font: 
-@function: 
-@fill: 
-@tile: 
-@stipple: 
-@clip_mask: 
-@subwindow_mode: 
-@ts_x_origin: 
-@ts_y_origin: 
-@clip_x_origin: 
-@clip_y_origin: 
-@graphics_exposures: 
-@line_width: 
-@line_style: 
-@cap_style: 
-@join_style: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkGCValuesMask ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of bit flags used to indicate which fields
-#GdkGCValues structure are set.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_GC_FOREGROUND: 
-@GDK_GC_BACKGROUND: 
-@GDK_GC_FONT: 
-@GDK_GC_FUNCTION: 
-@GDK_GC_FILL: 
-@GDK_GC_TILE: 
-@GDK_GC_STIPPLE: 
-@GDK_GC_CLIP_MASK: 
-@GDK_GC_SUBWINDOW: 
-@GDK_GC_TS_X_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_TS_Y_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_CLIP_X_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_CLIP_Y_ORIGIN: 
-@GDK_GC_EXPOSURES: 
-@GDK_GC_LINE_WIDTH: 
-@GDK_GC_LINE_STYLE: 
-@GDK_GC_CAP_STYLE: 
-@GDK_GC_JOIN_STYLE: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFill ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how primitives are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_SOLID</entry>
-<entry>draw with the foreground color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_TILED</entry>
-<entry>draw with a tiled pixmap.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_STIPPLED</entry>
-<entry>draw using the stipple bitmap. Pixels corresponding
-to bits in the stipple bitmap that are set will be drawn in the 
-foreground color; pixels corresponding to bits that are
-not set will be left untouched.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED</entry>
-<entry>draw using the stipple bitmap. Pixels corresponding
-to bits in the stipple bitmap that are set will be drawn in the 
-foreground color; pixels corresponding to bits that are
-not set will be drawn with the background color.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SOLID: 
-@GDK_TILED: 
-@GDK_STIPPLED: 
-@GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFunction ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the bit values for the source pixels are combined with
-the bit values for destination pixels to produce the final result. The
-sixteen values here correspond to the 16 different possible 2x2 truth
-tables.  Only a couple of these values are usually useful; for colored
-images, only %GDK_COPY, %GDK_XOR and %GDK_INVERT are generally
-useful. For bitmaps, %GDK_AND and %GDK_OR are also useful.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_COPY: 
-@GDK_INVERT: 
-@GDK_XOR: 
-@GDK_CLEAR: 
-@GDK_AND: 
-@GDK_AND_REVERSE: 
-@GDK_AND_INVERT: 
-@GDK_NOOP: 
-@GDK_OR: 
-@GDK_EQUIV: 
-@GDK_OR_REVERSE: 
-@GDK_COPY_INVERT: 
-@GDK_OR_INVERT: 
-@GDK_NAND: 
-@GDK_SET: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkLineStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how lines are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_LINE_SOLID</entry>
-<entry>lines are drawn solid.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH</entry>
-<entry>even segments are drawn; odd segments are not drawn.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_LINE_DOUBLE_DASH</entry>
-<entry>even segments are normally. Odd segments are drawn 
-in the background color if the fill style is %GDK_SOLID,
-or in the background color masked by the stipple if the
-fill style is %GDK_STIPPLED.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_LINE_SOLID: 
-@GDK_LINE_ON_OFF_DASH: 
-@GDK_LINE_DOUBLE_DASH: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkCapStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the end of lines are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_NOT_LAST</entry>
-<entry>the same as %GDK_CAP_BUTT for lines of non-zero width.
-       for zero width lines, the final point on the line
-       will not be drawn.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_BUTT</entry>
-<entry>the ends of the lines are drawn squared off and extending
-       to the coordinates of the end point.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_ROUND</entry>
-<entry>the ends of the lines are drawn as semicircles with the
-       diameter equal to the line width and centered at the
-       end point.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CAP_PROJECTING</entry>
-<entry>the ends of the lines are drawn squared off and extending
-       half the width of the line beyond the end point.</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CAP_NOT_LAST: 
-@GDK_CAP_BUTT: 
-@GDK_CAP_ROUND: 
-@GDK_CAP_PROJECTING: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkJoinStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the joins between segments of a polygon are drawn.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_JOIN_MITER</entry>
-<entry>the sides of each line are extended to meet at an angle.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_JOIN_ROUND</entry>
-<entry>the sides of the two lines are joined by a circular arc.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_JOIN_BEVEL</entry>
-<entry>the sides of the two lines are joined by a straight line which
-       makes an equal angle with each line.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_JOIN_MITER: 
-@GDK_JOIN_ROUND: 
-@GDK_JOIN_BEVEL: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new graphics context with default values. 
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkDrawable. The created GC must always be used
- with drawables of the same depth as this one.
-@Returns: the new graphics context.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_new_with_values ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new GC with the given initial values.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkDrawable. The created GC must always be used
- with drawables of the same depth as this one.
-@values: a structure containing initial values for the GC.
-@values_mask: a bit mask indicating which fields in @values
-   are set.
-@Returns: the new graphics context.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count on a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@Returns: @gc.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count on a graphics context. If
-the resulting reference count is zero, the graphics
-context will be destroyed.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Identical to gdk_gc_unref(). This function is obsolete
-and should not be used.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_get_values ##### -->
-<para>
-Retrieves the current values from a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@values: the #GdkGCValues structure in which to store the results.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_foreground ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the foreground color for a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@color: the new foreground color.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_background ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the background color for a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@color: the new background color.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_font ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the font for a graphics context. (Note that
-all text-drawing functions in GDK take a @font
-argument; the value set here is used when that
-argument is %NULL.)
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@font: the new font.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_function ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines how the current pixel values and the
-pixel values being drawn are combined to produce
-the final pixel values.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@function: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_fill ##### -->
-<para>
-Set the fill mode for a graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@fill: the new fill mode.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_tile ##### -->
-<para>
-Set a tile pixmap for a graphics context.
-This will only be used if the fill mode
-is %GDK_TILED.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@tile: the new tile pixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_stipple ##### -->
-<para>
-Set the stipple bitmap for a graphics context. The
-stipple will only be used if the fill mode is
-%GDK_STIPPLED or %GDK_OPAQUE_STIPPLED.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@stipple: the new stipple bitmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_ts_origin ##### -->
-<para>
-Set the origin when using tiles or stipples with
-the GC. The tile or stipple will be aligned such
-that the upper left corner of the tile or stipple
-will coincide with this point.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x-coordinate of the origin.
-@y: the y-coordinate of the origin.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_origin ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the origin of the clip mask. The coordinates are
-interpreted relative to the upper-left corner of
-the destination drawable of the current operation.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@x: the x-coordinate of the origin.
-@y: the y-coordinate of the origin.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_mask ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the clip mask for a graphics context from a bitmap.
-The clip mask is interpreted relative to the clip
-origin. (See gdk_gc_set_clip_origin()).
-</para>
-
-@gc: the #GdkGC.
-@mask: a bitmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_rectangle ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the clip mask for a graphics context from a
-rectangle. The clip mask is interpreted relative to the clip
-origin. (See gdk_gc_set_clip_origin()).
-
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@rectangle: the rectangle to clip to.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_clip_region ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the clip mask for a graphics context from a region structure.
-The clip mask is interpreted relative to the clip origin. (See
-gdk_gc_set_clip_origin()).
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@region: the #GdkRegion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_subwindow ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets how drawing with this GC on a window will affect child
-windows of that window. 
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@mode: the subwindow mode.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkSubwindowMode ##### -->
-<para>
-
-Determines how drawing onto a window will affect child
-windows of that window. 
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="3*"><colspec colwidth="7*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN</entry>
-<entry>only draw onto the window itself.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS</entry>
-<entry>Draw onto the window and child windows.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_CLIP_BY_CHILDREN: 
-@GDK_INCLUDE_INFERIORS: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_exposures ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets whether copying non-visible portions of a drawable
-using this graphics context generate exposure events
-for the corresponding regions of the destination
-drawable. (See gdk_draw_pixmap()).
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@exposures: if %TRUE, exposure events will be generated.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_line_attributes ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets various attributes of how lines are drawn. See
-the corresponding members of GdkGCValues for full
-explanations of the arguments.
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@line_width: the width of lines.
-@line_style: the dash-style for lines.
-@cap_style: the manner in which the ends of lines are drawn.
-@join_style: the in which lines are joined together.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_set_dashes ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the way dashed-lines are drawn. Lines will be
-drawn with alternating on and off segments of the
-lengths specified in @dash_list. The manner in
-which the on and off segments are drawn is determined
-by the @line_style value of the GC. (This can
-be changed with gdk_gc_set_line_attributes)
-</para>
-
-@gc: a #GdkGC.
-@dash_offset: the
-@dash_list: an array of dash lengths.
-@n: the number of elements in @dash_list.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_gc_copy ##### -->
-<para>
-Copy the set of values from one graphics context
-onto another graphics context.
-</para>
-
-@dst_gc: the destination graphics context.
-@src_gc: the source graphics context.

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/general.sgml

@@ -1,265 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-General
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_init ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@argc: 
-@argv: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_init_check ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@argc: 
-@argv: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_exit ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@error_code: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkStatus ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_OK: 
-@GDK_ERROR: 
-@GDK_ERROR_PARAM: 
-@GDK_ERROR_FILE: 
-@GDK_ERROR_MEM: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_NONE ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_CURRENT_TIME ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_PRIORITY_EVENTS ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_locale ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_get_show_events ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_show_events ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@show_events: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_add_client_message_filter ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@message_type: 
-@func: 
-@data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_sm_client_id ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@sm_client_id: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_get_use_xshm ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_set_use_xshm ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@use_xshm: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_get_display ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_width ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_height ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_width_mm ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_screen_height_mm ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pointer_grab ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@owner_events: 
-@event_mask: 
-@confine_to: 
-@cursor: 
-@time: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pointer_ungrab ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyboard_grab ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@owner_events: 
-@time: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyboard_ungrab ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@time: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pointer_is_grabbed ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_flush ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_beep ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_key_repeat_disable ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_key_repeat_restore ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_error_trap_push ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_error_trap_pop ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/images.sgml

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Images
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkImage ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@visual: 
-@byte_order: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-@depth: 
-@bpp: 
-@bpl: 
-@mem: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkImageType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_IMAGE_NORMAL: 
-@GDK_IMAGE_SHARED: 
-@GDK_IMAGE_FASTEST: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_new_bitmap ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@visual: 
-@data: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@visual: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_get ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_put_pixel ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@image: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@pixel: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_get_pixel ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@image: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_image_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@image: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input.sgml

@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-Callbacks on file descriptors.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The functions in this section are used to establish
-callbacks when some condition becomes true for
-a file descriptor. They are currently just wrappers around
-the <link linkend="glib-IO-Channels">IO Channel</link>
-facility.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="glib-The-Main-Event-Loop">GLib Main Loop</link></term>
-<listitem><para>The main loop in which input callbacks run.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="glib-IO-Channels">IO Channels</link></term>
-<listitem><para>A newer and more flexible way of doing IO
-callbacks.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_add_full ##### -->
-<para>
-Establish a callback when a condition becomes true on
-a file descriptor.
-</para>
-
-@source: a file descriptor.
-@condition: the condition.
-@function: the callback function.
-@data: callback data passed to @function.
-@destroy: callback function to call with @data when the input
-  handler is removed.
-@Returns: a tag that can later be used as an argument to
- gdk_input_remove().
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkInputCondition ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of bit flags used to specify conditions for which
-an input callback will be triggered. The three members
-of this enumeration correspond to the @readfds, 
-@writefds, and @exceptfds arguments to the 
-<function>select</function> system call.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INPUT_READ</entry>
-<entry>the file descriptor has become available for reading.
-(Or, as is standard in Unix, a socket or pipe was closed
-at the other end; this is the case if a subsequent read
-on the file descriptor returns a count of zero.)</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INPUT_WRITE</entry>
-<entry>the file descriptor has become available for writing.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_INPUT_EXCEPTION</entry>
-<entry>an exception was raised on the file descriptor.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_INPUT_READ: 
-@GDK_INPUT_WRITE: 
-@GDK_INPUT_EXCEPTION: 
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkInputFunction ##### -->
-<para>
-A callback function that will be called when some condition
-occurs.
-</para>
-
-@data: the user data passed to gdk_input_add() or gdk_input_add_full().
-@source: the source where the condition occurred.
-@condition: the triggering condition.
-
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkDestroyNotify ##### -->
-<para>
-A callback function called when a piece of user data is 
-no longer being stored by GDK. Will typically free the
-structure or object that @data points to.
-</para>
-
-@data: the user data.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_add ##### -->
-<para>
-Establish a callback when a condition becomes true on
-a file descriptor.
-</para>
-
-@source: a file descriptor.
-@condition: the condition.
-@function: the callback function.
-@data: callback data passed to @function.
-@Returns: a tag that can later be used as an argument to
- gdk_input_remove().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_remove ##### -->
-<para>
-Remove a callback added with gdk_input_add() or 
-gdk_input_add_full().
-</para>
-
-@tag: the tag returned when the callback was set up.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input_contexts.sgml

@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input Contexts
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkIC ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkICAttr ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@style: 
-@client_window: 
-@focus_window: 
-@filter_events: 
-@spot_location: 
-@line_spacing: 
-@cursor: 
-@preedit_fontset: 
-@preedit_area: 
-@preedit_area_needed: 
-@preedit_foreground: 
-@preedit_background: 
-@preedit_pixmap: 
-@preedit_colormap: 
-@status_fontset: 
-@status_area: 
-@status_area_needed: 
-@status_foreground: 
-@status_background: 
-@status_pixmap: 
-@status_colormap: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkICAttributesType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_IC_STYLE: 
-@GDK_IC_CLIENT_WINDOW: 
-@GDK_IC_FOCUS_WINDOW: 
-@GDK_IC_FILTER_EVENTS: 
-@GDK_IC_SPOT_LOCATION: 
-@GDK_IC_LINE_SPACING: 
-@GDK_IC_CURSOR: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FONTSET: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA_NEEDED: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_FOREGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_BACKGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_PIXMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_COLORMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_FONTSET: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_NEEDED: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_FOREGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_BACKGROUND: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_PIXMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_COLORMAP: 
-@GDK_IC_ALL_REQ: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_AREA_REQ: 
-@GDK_IC_PREEDIT_POSITION_REQ: 
-@GDK_IC_STATUS_AREA_REQ: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@attr: 
-@mask: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ic: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_get_style ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ic: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_set_attr ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ic: 
-@attr: 
-@mask: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_get_attr ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ic: 
-@attr: 
-@mask: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_get_events ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ic: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_attr_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_ic_attr_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@attr: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input_devices.sgml

@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input Devices
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-Functions for handling extended input devices.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-In addition to the normal keyboard and mouse input devices, GTK+ also
-contains support for <firstterm>extended input devices</firstterm>. In
-particular, this support is targeted at graphics tablets. Graphics
-tablets typically return sub-pixel positioning information and possibly
-information about the pressure and tilt of the stylus. Under
-X, the support for extended devices is done through the 
-<firstterm>XInput</firstterm> extension.
-</para>
-<para>
-Because handling extended input devices may involve considerable
-overhead, they need to be turned on for each #GdkWindow
-individually using gdk_input_set_extension_events().
-(Or, more typically, for GtkWidgets, using gtk_widget_set_extension_events()).
-As an additional complication, depending on the support from
-the windowing system, its possible that a normal mouse
-cursor will not be displayed for a particular extension
-device. If an application does not want to deal with displaying
-a cursor itself, it can ask only to get extension events
-from devices that will display a cursor, by passing the
-%GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_CURSOR value to
-gdk_input_set_extension_events(). Otherwise, the application
-must retrieve the device information using gdk_input_list_devices(),
-check the <structfield>has_cursor</structfield> field, and, 
-if it is %FALSE, draw a cursor itself when it receives 
-motion events.
-</para>
-<para>
-Each pointing device is assigned a unique integer ID; events from a
-particular device can be identified by the
-<structfield>deviceid</structfield> field in the event structure. The
-events generated by pointer devices have also been extended to contain
-<structfield>pressure</structfield>, <structfield>xtilt</structfield>
-and <structfield>ytilt</structfield> fields which contain the extended
-information reported as additional <firstterm>valuators</firstterm>
-from the device. The <structfield>pressure</structfield> field is a 
-a double value ranging from 0.0 to 1.0, while the tilt fields are
-double values ranging from -1.0 to 1.0. (With -1.0 representing the
-maximum title to the left or up, and 1.0 representing the maximum
-tilt to the right or down.)
-</para>
-<para>
-One additional field in each event is the
-<structfield>source</structfield> field, which contains an
-enumeration value describing the type of device; this currently
-can be one of 
-%GDK_SOURCE_MOUSE,
- %GDK_SOURCE_PEN,
-%GDK_SOURCE_ERASER,
-or %GDK_SOURCE_CURSOR. This field is present to allow simple
-applications to (for instance) delete when they detect eraser
-devices without having to keep track of complicated per-device
-settings.
-</para>
-<para>
-Various aspects of each device may be configured. The easiest way of
-creating a GUI to allow the user to conifigure such a device
-is to use to use the #GtkInputDialog widget in GTK+. 
-However, even when using this widget, application writers
-will need to directly query and set the configuration parameters
-in order to save the state between invocations of the application.
-The configuration of devices is queried using gdk_input_list_devices.
-Each device must is activated using gdk_input_set_mode(), which
-also controls whether the device's range is mapped to the
-entire screen or to a single window. The mapping of the valuators of
-the device onto the predefined valuator types is set using
-gdk_input_set_axes. And the source type for each device
-can be set with gdk_input_set_source().
-</para>
-<para>
-Devices may also have associated <firstterm>keys</firstterm>
-or macro buttons. Such keys can be globally set to map
-into normal X keyboard events. The mapping is set using
-gdk_input_set_key().
-</para>
-<para>
-The interfaces in this section will most likely be considerably
-modified in the future to accomodate devices that may have different
-sets of additional valuators than the pressure xtilt and ytilt.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_CORE_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-This macro contains an integer value representing
-the device ID for the core pointer device.
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_list_devices ##### -->
-<para>
-Lists all available input devices, along with their
-configuration information.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: A #GList of #GdkDeviceInfo structures. This list
-          is internal data of GTK+ and should not be modified 
-          or freed.
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkDeviceInfo ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkDeviceInfo structure contains information about a 
-device. It has the following fields:
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: a unique integer ID for this device.
-@name: the human-readable name for the device.
-@source: the type of device.
-@mode: a value indicating whether the device is enabled and
-       how the device coordinates map to the screen.
-@has_cursor: if %TRUE, a cursor will be displayed indicating 
-             the current on-screen location to the user. Otherwise,
-             the application is responsible for drawing a cursor 
-             itself.
-@num_axes: the number of axes for this device.
-@axes: a pointer to an array of GdkAxisUse values which
-       give the mapping of axes onto the possible valuators
-       for a GDK device.
-@num_keys: the number of macro buttons.
-@keys: a pointer to an array of #GdkDeviceKey structures  
-       which describe what key press events are generated
-       for each macro button.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkDeviceKey ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkDeviceKey structure contains information
-about the mapping of one device macro button onto
-a normal X key event. It has the following fields:
-</para>
-
-@keyval: the keyval to generate when the macro button is pressed.
-         If this is 0, no keypress will be generated.
-@modifiers: the modifiers set for the generated key event.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_extension_events ##### -->
-<para>
-Turns extension events on or off for a particular window,
-and specifies the event mask for extension events.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@mask: the event mask
-@mode: the type of extension events that are desired.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkExtensionMode ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration used to specify which extension events
-are desired for a particular widget.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE: no extension events are desired.
-@GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_ALL: all extension events are desired.
-@GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_CURSOR: extension events are desired only if a cursor
-                              will be displayed for the device.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_source ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the source type for a device.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure
-@source: the new source type.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkInputSource ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration describing the type of an input device
-in general terms.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SOURCE_MOUSE: the device is a mouse. (This will be reported for the core
-                    pointer, even if it is something else, such as a trackball.)
-@GDK_SOURCE_PEN: the device is a stylus of a graphics tablet or similar device.
-@GDK_SOURCE_ERASER: the device is an eraser. Typically, this would be the other end
-                    of a stylus on a graphics tablet.
-@GDK_SOURCE_CURSOR: the device is a graphics tablet "puck" or similar device.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_mode ##### -->
-<para>
-Enables or disables a device, and determines how the
-device maps onto the screen.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure.
-@mode: the new mode.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the device supports the given mode, otherwise 
-          %FALSE and the device's mode is unchanged.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkInputMode ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration that describes the mode of an input device.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_MODE_DISABLED: the device is disabled and will not report any events.
-@GDK_MODE_SCREEN: the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space
-                    maps to the entire screen.
-@GDK_MODE_WINDOW: the device is enabled. The device's coordinate space
-                    is mapped to a single window. The manner in which this window
-                    is chosen is undefined, but it will typically be the same
-                    way in which the focus window for key events is determined.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_axes ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the mapping of the axes (valuators) of a device
-onto the predefined valuator types that GTK+ understands.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure.
-@axes: an array of GdkAxisUse. This length of this array
-       must match the number of axes for the device.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkAxisUse ##### -->
-<para>
-An enumeration describing the way in which a device
-axis (valuator) maps onto the predefined valuator
-types that GTK+ understands.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_AXIS_IGNORE: the axis is ignored.
-@GDK_AXIS_X: the axis is used as the x axis.
-@GDK_AXIS_Y: the axis is used as the y axis.
-@GDK_AXIS_PRESSURE: the axis is used for pressure information.
-@GDK_AXIS_XTILT: the axis is used for x tilt information.
-@GDK_AXIS_YTILT: the axis is used for x tilt information.
-@GDK_AXIS_LAST: a constant equal to the numerically highest axis value.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_set_key ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the key event generated when a macro button is pressed.
-</para>
-
-@deviceid: the device to configure.
-@index: the index of the macro button.
-@keyval: the key value for the #GdkKeypressEvent to generate.
-         (a value of 0 means no event will be generated.)
-@modifiers: the modifier field for the generated 
-            #GdkKeyPressEvent.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_window_get_pointer ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns information about the current position of the pointer
-within a window, including extended device information.
-Any of the return parameters may be %NULL, in which case,
-they will be ignored.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@deviceid: a device ID.
-@x: location to store current x postion.
-@y: location to store current y postion.
-@pressure: location to store current pressure.
-@xtilt: location to store current tilt in the x direction.
-@ytilt: location to store current tilt in the y direction.
-@mask: location to store the current modifier state.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_input_motion_events ##### -->
-<para>
-Retrieves the motion history for a given device/window pair.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@deviceid: the device for which to retrieve motion history.
-@start: the start time.
-@stop: the stop time.
-@nevents_return: location to store the number of events returned.
-@Returns: a newly allocated array containing all the events
-          from @start to @stop. This array should be freed
-          with g_free() when you are finished using it.
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkTimeCoord ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkTimeCoord structure stores a single event in a
-motion history. It contains the following fields:
-</para>
-
-@time: The timestamp for this event.
-@x: the x position.
-@y: the y position.
-@pressure: the pressure.
-@xtilt: the tilt in the x direction.
-@ytilt: the tilt in the y direction.
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/input_methods.sgml

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Input Methods
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkIMStyle ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_AREA: 
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_CALLBACKS: 
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_POSITION: 
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NOTHING: 
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_NONE: 
-@GDK_IM_PREEDIT_MASK: 
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_AREA: 
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_CALLBACKS: 
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_NOTHING: 
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_NONE: 
-@GDK_IM_STATUS_MASK: 
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF GdkWChar ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_ready ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_begin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ic: 
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_end ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_decide_style ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@supported_style: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_im_set_best_style ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@best_allowed_style: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_wcstombs ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@src: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_mbstowcs ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@dest: 
-@src: 
-@dest_max: 
-@Returns: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/keys.sgml

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Key Values
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions for manipulating keyboard codes.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-Key values are the codes which are sent whenever a key is pressed or released.
-They appear in the <structfield>keyval</structfield> field of the
-#GdkEventKey structure, which is passed to signal handlers for the
-"key-press-event" and "key-release-event" signals.
-The complete list of key values can be found in the &lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt;
-header file.
-</para>
-<para>
-Key values can be converted into a string representation using
-gdk_keyval_name(). The reverse function, converting a string to a key value,
-is provided by gdk_keyval_from_name().
-</para>
-<para>
-The case of key values can be determined using gdk_keyval_is_upper() and
-gdk_keyval_is_lower(). Key values can be converted to upper or lower case
-using gdk_keyval_to_upper() and gdk_keyval_to_lower().
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_name ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key value into a symbolic name.
-The names are the same as those in the &lt;gdk/gdkkeysyms.h&gt; header file
-but without the leading "GDK_".
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: a string containing the name of the key, or NULL if @keyval is not
-a valid key. The string should not be modified.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_from_name ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key name to a key value.
-</para>
-
-@keyval_name: a key name.
-@Returns: the corresponding key value, or %GDK_VoidSymbol if the key name is
-not a valid key.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_is_upper ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if the given key value is in upper case.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: TRUE if @keyval is in upper case, or if @keyval is not subject to
-case conversion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_is_lower ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if the given key value is in lower case.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: TRUE if @keyval is in lower case, or if @keyval is not subject to
-case conversion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_to_upper ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key value to upper case, if applicable.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: the upper case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
-in upper case or it is not subject to case conversion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_keyval_to_lower ##### -->
-<para>
-Converts a key value to lower case, if applicable.
-</para>
-
-@keyval: a key value.
-@Returns: the lower case form of @keyval, or @keyval itself if it is already
-in lower case or it is not subject to case conversion.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/pixmaps.sgml

@@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Bitmaps and Pixmaps
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-Offscreen drawables.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-Pixmaps are offscreen drawables. They can be drawn upon with the
-standard drawing primitives, then copied to another drawable (such as
-a #GdkWindow) with gdk_pixmap_draw(). The depth of a pixmap
-is the number of bits per pixels. Bitmaps are simply pixmaps
-with a depth of 1. (That is, they are monochrome bitmaps - each
-pixel can be either on or off).
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkPixmap ##### -->
-<para>
-An opaque structure representing an offscreen drawable.
-Pointers to structures of type #GdkPixmap, #GdkBitmap,
-and #GdkWindow, can often be used interchangeably. 
-The type #GdkDrawable refers generically to any of
-these types.
-</para>
-
-@user_data: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a new pixmap with a given size and depth.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL if @depth is specified,
-@width: The width of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@height: The height of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@depth: The depth (number of bits per pixel) of the new pixmap. 
-  If -1, and @window is not %NULL, the depth of the new
-  pixmap will be equal to that of @window.
-@Returns: the #GdkBitmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_bitmap_create_from_data ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new bitmap from data in XBM format.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL, in which case the root window is
-  used.
-@data: a pointer to the XBM data.
-@width: the width of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@height: the height of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@Returns: the #GdkBitmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_create_from_data ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a two-color pixmap from data in XBM data.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL, if the depth is given.
-@data: a pointer to the data.
-@width: the width of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@height: the height of the new pixmap in pixels.
-@depth: the depth (number of bits per pixel) of the new pixmap.
-@fg: the foreground color.
-@bg: the background color.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from a XPM file.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap.
-@mask: a pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: the color to be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@filename: the filename of a file containing XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from a XPM file using a particular colormap.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL if @colormap is given.
-@colormap: the #GdkColormap that the new pixmap will be use.
-  If omitted, the colormap for @window will be used.
-@mask: a pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: the color to be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@filename: the filename of a file containing XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm_d ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from data in XPM format.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap.
-@mask: Pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: This color will be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@data: Pointer to a string containing the XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_colormap_create_from_xpm_d ##### -->
-<para>
-Create a pixmap from data in XPM format using a particular
-colormap.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow, used to determine default values for the
-  new pixmap. Can be %NULL if @colormap is given.
-@colormap: the #GdkColormap that the new pixmap will be use.
-  If omitted, the colormap for @window will be used.
-@mask: a pointer to a place to store a bitmap representing
-the transparency mask of the XPM file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case transparency will be ignored.
-@transparent_color: the color to be used for the pixels
-that are transparent in the input file. Can be %NULL,
-in which case a default color will be used.
-@data: Pointer to a string containing the XPM data.
-@Returns: the #GdkPixmap.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a pixmap.
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: a #GdkPixmap
-@Returns: @pixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_pixmap_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a pixmap. If the resulting
-reference count is zero, destroy the pixmap.
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: a #GdkPixmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkBitmap ##### -->
-<para>
-An opaque structure representing an offscreen drawable of depth
-1. Pointers to structures of type GdkPixmap, #GdkBitmap, and
-#GdkWindow, can often be used interchangeably.  The type #GdkDrawable
-refers generically to any of these types.
-</para>
-
-@user_data: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_bitmap_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-Increase the reference count of a bitmap. An alias
-for gdk_pixmap_ref().
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_bitmap_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-Decrease the reference count of a bitmap. An alias
-for gdk_pixmap_unref().
-</para>
-
-@pixmap: 
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/properties.sgml

@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Properties and Atoms
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions to manipulate properties on windows.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-Each window under X can have any number of associated
-<firstterm>properties</firstterm> attached to it.
-Properties are arbitrary chunks of data identified by
-<firstterm>atom</firstterm>s. (An <firstterm>atom</firstterm>
-is a numeric index into a string table on the X server. They are used
-to transfer strings efficiently between clients without
-having to transfer the entire string.) A property
-has an associated type, which is also identified
-using an atom.
-</para>
-<para>
-A property has an associated <firstterm>format</firstterm>,
-an integer describing how many bits are in each unit
-of data inside the property. It must be 8, 16, or 32.
-When data is transfered between the server and client,
-if they are of different endianesses it will be byteswapped
-as necessary according to the format of the property.
-Note that on the client side, properties of format 32
-will be stored with one unit per <emphasis>long</emphasis>,
-even if a long integer has more than 32 bits on the platform.
-(This decision was apparently made for Xlib to maintain
-compatibility with programs that assumed longs were 32
-bits, at the expense of programs that knew better.)
-</para>
-<para>
-The functions in this section are used to add, remove
-and change properties on windows, to convert atoms
-to and from strings and to manipulate some types of
-data commonly stored in X window properties.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### TYPEDEF GdkAtom ##### -->
-<para>
-A numeric type representing a string as an index into a table
-of strings on the X server.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_text_property_to_text_list ##### -->
-<para>
-Convert a text string from the encoding as it is stored in
-a property into an array of strings in the encoding of
-the current local. (The elements of the array represent
-the null-separated elements of the original text string.)
-</para>
-
-@encoding: an atom representing the encoding. The most common
-           values for this are <literal>STRING</literal>,
-           or <literal>COMPOUND_TEXT</literal>. This is
-           value used as the type for the property.
-@format: the format of the property.
-@text: the text data.
-@length: the length of the property, in item.s
-@list: location to store a terminated array of strings
-       in the encoding of the current locale. This
-       array should be freed using gdk_free_text_list().
-@Returns: the number of strings stored in @list, or 0,
-          if the conversion failed.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_free_text_list ##### -->
-<para>
-Free the array of strings created by
-gdk_text_property_to_text_list().
-</para>
-
-@list: the value stored in the @list parameter by
-       a call to gdk_text_property_to_text_list().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_string_to_compound_text ##### -->
-<para>
-Convert a string from the encoding of the current locale 
-into a form suitable for storing in a window property.
-</para>
-
-@str: a null-terminated string.
-@encoding: location to store the encoding atom (to be used as the type for the property).
-@format: location to store the format for the property.
-@ctext: location to store newly allocated data for the property.
-@length: location to store the length of @ctext in items.
-@Returns: 0 upon sucess, non-zero upon failure.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_free_compound_text ##### -->
-<para>
-Free the data returned from gdk_string_to_compound_text().
-</para>
-
-@ctext: The pointer stored in @ctext from a call to gdk_string_to_compound_text().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_atom_intern ##### -->
-<para>
-Find or create an atom corresponding to a given string.
-</para>
-
-@atom_name: a string.
-@only_if_exists: if %TRUE, do not create a new atom, but
-                 just return the atom if it already exists.
-@Returns: the atom corresponding to @atom_name, or, if
-          @only_if_exists is false, and an atom does not
-          already exists for the string, %GDK_NONE.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_atom_name ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the string corresponding to an atom.
-</para>
-
-@atom: a #GdkAtom.
-@Returns: a newly allocated string containing the string
-          corresponding to @atom. When you are done
-          with the return value, you should free it 
-          using g_free().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_property_get ##### -->
-<para>
-Retrieves a portion of the contents of a property. If the
-property does not exist, then the function returns FALSE,
-and %GDK_NONE will be stored in @actual_property_type.
-
-Note: the <function>XGetWindowProperty()</function>
-function that gdk_property_get()
-uses has a very confusing and complicated set of semantics.
-Unfortunately, gdk_property_get() makes the situation
-worse instead of better (the semantics should be considered
-undefined), and also prints warnings to stderr in cases where it
-should return a useful error to the program. You are advised to use 
-<function>XGetWindowProperty()</function>
-directly until a replacement function for gdk_property_get()
-is provided. 
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@property: the property to retrieve.
-@type: the desired property type, or 0, if any type of data
-       is acceptable. If this does not match the actual
-       type, then @actual_format and @actual_length will
-       be filled in, a warning will be printed to stderr
-       and no data will be returned.
-@offset: the offset into the property at which to begin
-         retrieving data. (in 4 byte units!)
-@length: the length of the data to delete. (in bytes, but
-         the actual retrieved length will be the next
-         integer multiple multiple of four greater than 
-         this!)
-@pdelete: if %TRUE, delete the property after retrieving the
-          data.
-@actual_property_type: location to store the actual type of 
-                       the property.
-@actual_format: location to store the actual format of the data.
-@actual_length: location to store the length of the retrieved
-                data, in bytes.
-@data: location to store a pointer to the data. The retrieved
-       data should be freed with g_free() when you are finished
-       using it.
-@Returns: %TRUE if data was sucessfully received and stored
-          in @data, otherwise %FALSE.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_property_change ##### -->
-<para>
-Change the contents of a property on a window.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@property: the property to change.
-@type: the new type for the property. If @mode is
-       %GDK_PROP_MODE_REPLACE or %GDK_PROP_MODE_APPEND, then this 
-       must match the existing type or an error will occur.
-@format: the new format for the property. If @mode is
-         %GDK_PROP_MODE_REPLACE or %GDK_PROP_MODE_APPEND, then this 
-         must match the existing format or an error will occur.
-@mode: a value describing how the new data is to be combined
-       with the current data.
-@data: the data
-       (a <literal>guchar *</literal>
-        <literal>gushort *</literal>, or 
-        <literal>gulong *</literal>, depending on @format), cast to a 
-        <literal>guchar *</literal>.
-@nelements: the number of elements of size determined by the format,
-            contained in @data.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkPropMode ##### -->
-<para>
-Describes how existing data is combined with new data when
-using gdk_property_change().
-</para>
-
-@GDK_PROP_MODE_REPLACE: the new data replaces the existing data.
-@GDK_PROP_MODE_PREPEND: the new data is prepended to the existing data.
-@GDK_PROP_MODE_APPEND: the new data is appended to the existing data.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_property_delete ##### -->
-<para>
-Delete a property from a window.
-</para>
-
-@window: a #GdkWindow.
-@property: the property to delete.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/regions.sgml

@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Points, Rectangles and Regions
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-simple graphical data types.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-GDK provides the #GdkPoint, #GdkRectangle and #GdkRegion data types for
-representing pixels and sets of pixels on the screen.
-</para>
-<para>
-#GdkPoint is a simple structure containing an x and y coordinate of a point.
-</para>
-<para>
-#GdkRectangle is a structure holding the position and size of a rectangle.
-The intersection of two rectangles can be computed with
-gdk_rectangle_intersect(). To find the union of two rectangles use
-gdk_rectangle_union().
-</para>
-<para>
-#GdkRegion is an opaque data type holding a set of arbitrary pixels, and is
-usually used for clipping graphical operations (see gdk_gc_set_clip_region()).
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkPoint ##### -->
-<para>
-Defines the x and y coordinates of a point.
-Note that both are defined as #gint16 values, so the coordinates are limited
-to between -32,768 and 32,767.
-</para>
-
-@x: the x coordinate of the point.
-@y: the y coordinate of the point.
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkRectangle ##### -->
-<para>
-Defines the position and size of a rectangle.
-</para>
-
-@x: the x coordinate of the left edge of the rectangle.
-@y: the y coordinate of the top of the rectangle.
-@width: the width of the rectangle.
-@height: the height of the rectangle.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rectangle_intersect ##### -->
-<para>
-Calculates the intersection of two rectangles.
-</para>
-
-@src1: a #GdkRectangle.
-@src2: a #GdkRectangle.
-@dest: the intersection of @src1 and @src2.
-@Returns: TRUE if the rectangles intersect.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rectangle_union ##### -->
-<para>
-Calculates the union of two rectangles.
-The union of rectangles @src1 and @src2 is the smallest rectangle which
-includes both @src1 and @src2 within it.
-</para>
-
-@src1: a #GdkRectangle.
-@src2: a #GdkRectangle.
-@dest: the union of @src1 and @src2.
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkRegion ##### -->
-<para>
-A GdkRegion represents a set of pixels on the screen.
-The only user-visible field of the structure is the user_data member, which
-can be used to attach arbitrary data to the #GdkRegion.
-</para>
-
-@user_data: arbitrary data attached to the #GdkRegion.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new empty #GdkRegion.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: a new empty #GdkRegion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-Destroys a #GdkRegion.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_get_clipbox ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the smallest rectangle which includes the entire #GdkRegion.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-@rectangle: returns the smallest rectangle which includes all of @region.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_empty ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if the #GdkRegion is empty.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-@Returns: TRUE if @region is empty.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_equal ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if the two regions are the same.
-</para>
-
-@region1: a #GdkRegion.
-@region2: a #GdkRegion.
-@Returns: TRUE if @region1 and @region2 are equal.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_point_in ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns TRUE if a point is in a region.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-@x: the x coordinate of a point.
-@y: the y coordinate of a point.
-@Returns: TRUE if the point is in @region.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_rect_in ##### -->
-<para>
-Tests whether a rectangle is within a region.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-@rect: a #GdkRectangle.
-@Returns: GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_IN, GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_OUT, or
-GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_PART, depending on whether the rectangle is inside,
-outside, or partly inside the #GdkRegion, respectively.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkOverlapType ##### -->
-<para>
-Specifies the possible values returned by gdk_region_rect_in().
-</para>
-
-@GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_IN: if the rectangle is inside the #GdkRegion.
-@GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_OUT: if the rectangle is outside the #GdkRegion.
-@GDK_OVERLAP_RECTANGLE_PART: if the rectangle is partly inside the #GdkRegion.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_polygon ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GdkRegion using the polygon defined by a number of points.
-
-</para>
-
-@points: an array of #GdkPoint structs.
-@npoints: the number of elements in the @points array.
-@fill_rule: specifies which pixels are included in the region when the polygon
-overlaps itself.
-@Returns: a new #GdkRegion based on the given polygon.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_offset ##### -->
-<para>
-Moves a region.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-@dx: the distance to move the region horizontally.
-@dy: the distance to move the region vertically.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_shrink ##### -->
-<para>
-Resizes a region.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-@dx: 
-@dy: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_region_union_with_rect ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the union of a region and a rectangle.
-</para>
-
-@region: a #GdkRegion.
-@rect: a #GdkRectangle.
-@Returns: the union of @region and @rect.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_regions_intersect ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the intersection of two regions.
-</para>
-
-@source1: a #GdkRegion.
-@source2: a #GdkRegion.
-@Returns: the intersection of @source1 and @source2.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_regions_union ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the union of two regions.
-This is all pixels in either of @source1 or @source2.
-</para>
-
-@source1: a #GdkRegion.
-@source2: a #GdkRegion.
-@Returns: the union of @source1 and @source2.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_regions_subtract ##### -->
-<para>
-Subtracts one region from another.
-The result is a region containing all the pixels which are in @source1, but
-which are not in @source2.
-</para>
-
-@source1: a #GdkRegion.
-@source2: a #GdkRegion to subtract from @source1.
-@Returns: @source1 - @source2.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_regions_xor ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the difference between the union and the intersection of two regions.
-This is a region containing the pixels that are in one of the source regions,
-but which are not in both.
-</para>
-
-@source1: a #GdkRegion.
-@source2: a #GdkRegion.
-@Returns: the difference between the union and the intersection of @source1
-and @source2.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/rgb.sgml

@@ -1,450 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-GdkRGB
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-displays RGB images (as well as grayscale and colormapped) to
-the native window.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-GdkRgb converts RGB, grayscale, and colormapped images into the native
-window pixel format and displays them. It takes care of colormaps,
-visuals, dithering, and management of the temporary buffers.
-
-</para>
-
-<para>
-You must call gdk_rgb_init() before using any GdkRgb functionality. If
-you fail to do so, expect coredumps. All Gtk+ widgets that use GdkRgb
-(including #GtkPreview) call gdk_rgb_init() in their class_init method.
-Thus, if you use GdkRgb only indirectly, you don't need to worry
-about it.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-GdkRgb tries to use the system default visual and colormap, but
-doesn't always succeed. Thus, you have to be prepared to install the
-visual and colormap generated by GdkRgb. The following code sequence
-(before any widgets are created) should work in most applications:
-</para>
-
-<informalexample>
-<programlisting>
-  gdk_rgb_init ();
-
-  gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (gdk_rgb_get_cmap ());
-  gtk_widget_set_default_visual (gdk_rgb_get_visual ());
-</programlisting>
-</informalexample>
-
-<para>
-You can also push the colormap and visual, but in general it doesn't
-work unless the push wraps the window creation call. If you wrap the
-push around a widget which is embedded in a window without the GdkRgb
-colormap and visual, it probably won't work, and is likely to cause
-colormap flashing, as well.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-On 8-bit systems, the colormaps used by Imlib and GdkRgb may
-conflict. There is no good general solution to this other than phasing
-out the dependence on Imlib.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-You can set the threshold for installing colormaps with
-gdk_rgb_set_min_colors (). The default is 5x5x5 (125). If a colorcube
-of this size or larger can be allocated in the default colormap, then
-that's done. Otherwise, GdkRgb creates its own private colormap.
-Setting it to 0 means that it always tries to use the default
-colormap, and setting it to 256 means that it always creates a private
-one. Note, however, that setting it to 0 doesn't let you get away with
-ignoring the colormap and visual - a colormap is always created in
-grayscale and direct color modes, and the visual is changed in cases
-where a "better" visual than the default is available.
-</para>
-
-<example>
-<title>A simple example program using GdkRGB.</title>
-<programlisting>
-#include &lt;gtk/gtk.h&gt;
-
-#define IMAGE_WIDTH	256
-#define IMAGE_HEIGHT	256
-
-guchar rgbbuf[IMAGE_WIDTH * IMAGE_HEIGHT * 3];
-
-gboolean on_darea_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
-			  GdkEventExpose *event,
-			  gpointer user_data);
-
-int
-main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
-  GtkWidget *window, *darea;
-  gint x, y;
-  guchar *pos;
-
-  gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
-  gdk_rgb_init ();
-  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
-  darea = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
-  gtk_drawing_area_size (GTK_DRAWING_AREA (darea), IMAGE_WIDTH, IMAGE_HEIGHT);
-  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), darea);
-  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "expose-event",
-                      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (on_darea_expose), NULL);
-  gtk_widget_show_all (window);
-
-  /* Set up the RGB buffer. */
-  pos = rgbbuf;
-  for (y = 0; y < IMAGE_HEIGHT; y++)
-    {
-      for (x = 0; x < IMAGE_WIDTH; x++)
-	{
-	  *pos++ = x - x % 32;			/* Red. */
-	  *pos++ = (x / 32) * 4 + y - y % 32;	/* Green. */
-	  *pos++ = y - y % 32;			/* Blue. */
-	}
-    }
-
-  gtk_main ();
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-gboolean
-on_darea_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
-		 GdkEventExpose *event,
-		 gpointer user_data)
-{
-  gdk_draw_rgb_image (widget->window, widget->style->fg_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL],
-		      0, 0, IMAGE_WIDTH, IMAGE_HEIGHT,
-		      GDK_RGB_DITHER_MAX, rgbbuf, IMAGE_WIDTH * 3);
-}
-</programlisting>
-</example>
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>#GdkColor</term>
-<listitem><para>The underlying Gdk mechanism for allocating
-colors.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-</variablelist>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkRgbCmap ##### -->
-<para>
-A private data structure which maps color indices to actual RGB
-colors. This is used only for gdk_draw_indexed_image().
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkRgbDither ##### -->
-<para>
-
-Selects whether or not GdkRgb applies dithering
-to the image on display. There are three values:
-</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>
-%GDK_RGB_DITHER_NONE: Never use dithering.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>
-%GDK_RGB_DITHER_NORMAL: Use dithering in 8 bits per pixel (and below)
-only.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
-<para>
-%GDK_RGB_DITHER_MAX: Use dithering in 16 bits per pixel and below.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>
-Since GdkRgb currently only handles images with 8 bits per component,
-dithering on 24 bit per pixel displays is a moot point.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_init ##### -->
-<para>
-Initializes GdkRgb statically. It may be called more than once with no
-ill effects. It must, however, be called before any other GdkRgb
-operations are performed.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The GdkRgb "context" is allocated statically. Thus, GdkRgb may be used
-to drive only one visual in any given application. GdkRgb
-automatically selects a best visual and sets its own colormap, if
-necessary. gdk_rgb_get_visual() and gdk_rgb_get_cmap () retrieve
-the chosen visual and colormap, respectively.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_cmap_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GdkRgbCmap structure. The cmap maps color indexes to
-RGB colors. If @n_colors is less than 256, then images containing
-color values greater than or equal to @n_colors will produce undefined
-results, including possibly segfaults.
-</para>
-
-@colors: The colors, represented as 0xRRGGBB integer values.
-@n_colors: The number of colors in the cmap.
-@Returns: The newly created #GdkRgbCmap
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_cmap_free ##### -->
-<para>
-Frees the memory associated with a #GdkRgbCmap created by gdk_rgb_cmap_new().
-</para>
-
-@cmap: The #GdkRgbCmap to free.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_gc_set_foreground ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the foreground color in @gc to the specified color (or the
-closest approximation, in the case of limited visuals).
-</para>
-
-@gc: The @GdkGC to modify.
-@rgb: The color, represented as a 0xRRGGBB integer value.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_gc_set_background ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the background color in @gc to the specified color (or the
-closest approximation, in the case of limited visuals).
-</para>
-
-@gc: The @GdkGC to modify.
-@rgb: The color, represented as a 0xRRGGBB integer value.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_rgb_image ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws an RGB image in the drawable. This is the core GdkRgb
-function, and likely the only one you will need to use other than the
-initialization stuff.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The @rowstride parameter allows for lines to be aligned more flexibly.
-For example, lines may be allocated to begin on 32-bit boundaries,
-even if the width of the rectangle is odd. Rowstride is also useful
-when drawing a subrectangle of a larger image in memory. Finally, to
-replicate the same line a number of times, the trick of setting
-@rowstride to 0 is allowed.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-In general, for 0 &lt;= i &lt; @width and 0 &lt;= j &lt; height,
-the pixel (x + i, y + j) is colored with red value @rgb_buf[@j *
-@rowstride + @i * 3], green value @rgb_buf[@j * @rowstride + @i * 3 +
-1], and blue value @rgb_buf[@j * @rowstride + @i * 3 + 2].
-</para>
-
-@drawable: The #GdkDrawable to draw in (usually a #GdkWindow).
-@gc: The graphics context (all Gdk drawing operations require one; its
-contents are ignored).
-@x: The x coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@y: The y coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@width: The width of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@height: The height of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@dith: A #GdkRgbDither value, selecting the desired dither mode. 
-@rgb_buf: The pixel data, represented as packed 24-bit data.
-@rowstride: The number of bytes from the start of one row in @rgb_buf to the
-start of the next.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_indexed_image ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws an indexed image in the drawable, using a #GdkRgbCmap to assign
-actual colors to the color indices.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: The #GdkDrawable to draw in (usually a #GdkWindow).
-@gc: The graphics context.
-@x: The x coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@y: The y coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@width: The width of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@height: The height of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@dith: A #GdkRgbDither value, selecting the desired dither mode. 
-@buf: The pixel data, represented as 8-bit color indices.
-@rowstride: The number of bytes from the start of one row in @buf to the
-start of the next.
-@cmap: The #GdkRgbCmap used to assign colors to the color indices.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_gray_image ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a grayscale image in the drawable.
-
-</para>
-
-
-@drawable: The #GdkDrawable to draw in (usually a #GdkWindow).
-@gc: The graphics context.
-@x: The x coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@y: The y coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@width: The width of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@height: The height of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@dith: A #GdkRgbDither value, selecting the desired dither mode. 
-@buf: The pixel data, represented as 8-bit gray values.
-@rowstride: The number of bytes from the start of one row in @buf to the
-start of the next.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_rgb_32_image ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws a padded RGB image in the drawable. The image is stored as one
-pixel per 32-bit word. It is laid out as a red byte, a green byte, a
-blue byte, and a padding byte.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-It's unlikely that this function will give significant performance
-gains in practice. In my experience, the performance gain from having
-pixels aligned to 32-bit boundaries is cancelled out by the increased
-memory bandwidth.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: The #GdkDrawable to draw in (usually a #GdkWindow).
-@gc: The graphics context.
-@x: The x coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@y: The y coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@width: The width of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@height: The height of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@dith: A #GdkRgbDither value, selecting the desired dither mode. 
-@buf: The pixel data, represented as padded 32-bit data.
-@rowstride: The number of bytes from the start of one row in @buf to the
-start of the next.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_draw_rgb_image_dithalign ##### -->
-<para>
-Draws an RGB image in the drawable, with an adjustment for dither alignment.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-This function is useful when drawing dithered images into a window
-that may be scrolled. Pixel (x, y) will be drawn dithered as if its
-actual location is (x + @xdith, y + @ydith). Thus, if you draw an
-image into a window using zero dither alignment, then scroll up one
-pixel, subsequent draws to the window should have @ydith = 1.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Setting the dither alignment correctly allows updating of small parts
-of the screen while avoiding visible "seams" between the different
-dither textures.
-</para>
-
-@drawable: The #GdkDrawable to draw in (usually a #GdkWindow).
-@gc: The graphics context.
-@x: The x coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@y: The y coordinate of the top-left corner in the drawable.
-@width: The width of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@height: The height of the rectangle to be drawn.
-@dith: A #GdkRgbDither value, selecting the desired dither mode. 
-@rgb_buf: The pixel data, represented as packed 24-bit data.
-@rowstride: The number of bytes from the start of one row in @rgb_buf to the
-start of the next.
-@xdith: An x offset for dither alignment.
-@ydith: A y offset for dither alignment.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_xpixel_from_rgb ##### -->
-<para>
-Finds the X pixel closest in color to the @rgb color specified. This
-value may be used to set the <structfield>pixel</structfield> field of
-a #GdkColor struct.
-</para>
-
-@rgb: The color, represented as a 0xRRGGBB integer value.
-@Returns: The X pixel value.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_set_verbose ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the "verbose" flag. This is generally only useful for debugging.
-</para>
-
-@verbose: TRUE if verbose messages are desired.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_ditherable ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine whether the visual is ditherable. This function may be
-useful for presenting a user interface choice to the user about which
-dither mode is desired; if the display is not ditherable, it may make
-sense to gray out or hide the corresponding UI widget.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: TRUE if the visual is ditherable.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_set_install ##### -->
-<para>
-If @install is TRUE, directs GdkRgb to always install a new "private"
-colormap rather than trying to find a best fit with the colors already
-allocated. Ordinarily, GdkRgb will install a colormap only if a
-sufficient cube cannot be allocated.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-A private colormap has more colors, leading to better quality display,
-but also leads to the dreaded "colormap flashing" effect.
-</para>
-
-@install: TRUE to set install mode.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_set_min_colors ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the minimum number of colors for the color cube. Generally,
-GdkRgb tries to allocate the largest color cube it can. If it can't
-allocate a color cube at least as large as @min_colors, it installs a
-private colormap.
-</para>
-
-@min_colors: The minimum number of colors accepted.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_get_visual ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets the visual chosen by GdkRgb. This visual and the corresponding
-colormap should be used when creating windows that will be drawn in by GdkRgb.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: The @GdkVisual chosen by GdkRgb.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_rgb_get_cmap ##### -->
-<para>
-Gets the colormap set by GdkRgb. This colormap and the corresponding
-visual should be used when creating windows that will be drawn in by GdkRgb.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: The @GdkColormap set by GdkRgb.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/selections.sgml

@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Selections
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-functions for transfering data via the X selection mechanism.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The X selection mechanism provides a way to transfer
-arbitrary chunks of data between programs. 
-A <firstterm>selection</firstterm> is a essentially 
-a named clipboard, identified by a string interned
-as a #GdkAtom. By claiming ownership of a selection,
-an application indicates that it will be responsible
-for supplying its contents. The most common 
-selections are <literal>PRIMARY</literal> and 
-<literal>CLIPBOARD</literal>.
-</para>
-<para>
-The contents of a selection can be represented in
-a number of formats, called <firstterm>targets</firstterm>.
-Each target is identified by an atom. A list of
-all possible targets supported by the selection owner
-can be retrieved by requesting the special target
-<literal>TARGETS</literal>. When a selection is 
-retrieved, the data is accompanied by a type
-(an atom), and a format (an integer, representing
-the number of bits per item). See <xref
-linkend="gdk-Properties-and-Atoms"> for more information.
-</para>
-<para>
-The functions in this section only contain the lowlevel
-parts of the selection protocol. A considerably more
-complicated implementation is needed on top of this.
-GTK+ contains such an implementation in the functions
-in <literal>gtkselection.h</literal> and programmers
-should use those functions instead of the ones presented 
-here. If you plan to implement selection handling
-directly on top of the functions here, you should refer
-to the X Inter-client Communication Conventions Manual
-(ICCCM).
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkSelection ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkSelection enumeration contains predefined 
-atom values for several common selections.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY: The primary X selection. Programs
-typically claim this selection when the user
-selects text and paste its contents in response
-to a middle button press.
-@GDK_SELECTION_SECONDARY: An additional X selection.
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkSelectionType ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkSelectionType enumeration contains predefined
-atom values used to represent the types of data transferred
-in response to a request for a target. See the
-ICCCM for details about what data should be transferred
-for each of these types. Other atoms can be used,
-and the recommended practice for GTK+ is to to use mime 
-types for this purpose. However, supporting these types
-may be useful for compatibility with older programs.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_ATOM: An atom. (format 32)
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_BITMAP: A bitmap ID. (format 32)
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_COLORMAP: A colormap ID. (format 32)
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_DRAWABLE: A drawable ID. (format 32)
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_INTEGER: An integer. (format 32)
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_PIXMAP: A pixmap ID. (format 32)
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_WINDOW: A window ID. (format 32)
-@GDK_SELECTION_TYPE_STRING: A string encoded
-    in ISO Latin-1. (With the additional of <symbol>TAB</symbol>
-     and <symbol>NEWLINE</symbol>.) (format 8)
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkTarget ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GdkTarget enumeration contains predefined atom values which are
-used to describe possible targets for a selection. Other atoms can be
-used, and the recommended practice for GTK+ is to to use mime types
-for this purpose. However, supporting these types may be useful for
-compatibility with older programs.
-</para>
-
-@GDK_TARGET_BITMAP: A bitmap ID.
-@GDK_TARGET_COLORMAP: A colormap ID.
-@GDK_TARGET_DRAWABLE: A drawable ID.
-@GDK_TARGET_PIXMAP: A pixmap ID.
-@GDK_TARGET_STRING: A string encoded in ISO Latin-1. 
-     (With the additional of <symbol>TAB</symbol>
-       and <symbol>NEWLINE</symbol>.) 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_selection_owner_set ##### -->
-<para>
-Set the owner of the given selection.
-</para>
-
-@owner: a #GdkWindow or NULL to indicate that the
-        the owner for the given should be unset.
-@selection: an atom identifying a selection.
-@time: timestamp to use when setting the selection.
-       If this is older than the timestamp given last
-       time the owner was set for the given selection, the 
-       request will be ignored.
-@send_event: if %TRUE, and the new owner is different
-             from the current owner, the current owner
-             will be sent a SelectionClear event.
-@Returns: %TRUE if the selection owner was succesfully
-          changed to @owner, otherwise %FALSE.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_selection_owner_get ##### -->
-<para>
-Determine the owner of the given selection.
-</para>
-
-@selection: an atom indentifying a selection.
-@Returns: if there is a selection owner for this window,
-          and it is a window known to the current process,
-          the #GdkWindow that owns the selection, otherwise
-          NULL. Note that the return value may be owned
-          by a different process if a foreign window
-          was previously created for that window, but
-          a new foreign window will never be created by
-          this call.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_selection_convert ##### -->
-<para>
-Retrieve the contents of a selection in a given
-form.
-</para>
-
-@requestor: a #GdkWindow.
-@selection: an atom identifying the selection to get the
-            contents of.
-@target: the form in which to retrieve the selection.
-@time: the timestamp to use when retrieving the
-       selection. The selection owner may refuse the
-       request if it did not own the selection at 
-       the time indicated by the timestamp.
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_selection_property_get ##### -->
-<para>
-Retrieve selection data that was stored by the selection
-data in response to a call to gdk_selection_convert()
-</para>
-
-@requestor: the window on which the data is stored
-@data: location to store a pointer to the retrieved data.
-       If the retrieval failed, NULL we be stored here, otherwise, it
-       will be non-NULL and the returned data should be freed with g_free()
-       when you are finished using it. The length of the
-       allocated memory is one more than the the length
-       of the returned data, and the final byte will always
-       be zero, to ensure null-termination of strings.
-@prop_type: location to store the type of the property.
-@prop_format: location to store the format of the property.
-@Returns: the length of the retrieved data.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_selection_send_notify ##### -->
-<para>
-Send a response to SelectionRequest event.
-</para>
-
-@requestor: window to which to deliver response.
-@selection: selection that was requested.
-@target: target that was selected.
-@property: property in which the selection owner stored the
-           data, or %GDK_NONE to indicate that the request
-           was rejected.
-@time: timestamp.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/threads.sgml

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Threads
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### VARIABLE gdk_threads_mutex ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_THREADS_ENTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_THREADS_LEAVE ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_threads_enter ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_threads_leave ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/visuals.sgml

@@ -1,391 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Visuals
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-manipulation of visuals.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The way that the data stored on the screen is stored
-in memory can vary considerably between different X
-servers; some X servers even support multiple formats
-used simultaneously. An X <firstterm>visual</firstterm>
-represents a particular format for screen data.
-It includes information about the number of bits
-used for each color, the way the bits are translated
-into an RGB value for display, and the way the bits
-are stored in memory.
-</para>
-<para>
-There are several standard visuals. The visual returned
-by gdk_visual_get_system() is the system's default
-visual. gdk_rgb_get_visual() return the visual most
-suited to displaying full-color image data. If you
-use the calls in GdkRGB, you should create your windows
-using this visual (and the colormap returned by
-gdk_rgb_get_colormap()).
-</para>
-<para>
-A number of functions are provided for determining
-the "best" available visual. For the purposes of
-making this determination, higher bit depths are
-considered better, and for visuals of the same
-bit depth, %GDK_VISUAL_PSEUDO_COLOR is preferred at
-8bpp, otherwise, the visual types are ranked in the
-order of (highest to lowest) %GDK_VISUAL_DIRECT_COLOR,
-%GDK_VISUAL_TRUE_COLOR, %GDK_VISUAL_PSEUDO_COLOR,
-%GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_COLOR, %GDK_VISUAL_GRAYSCALE, 
-then %GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_GRAY.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkVisual ##### -->
-<para>
-The GdkVisual structure contains information about
-a particular visual. It contains the following
-public fields.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
-<entry>The type of this visual.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>depth</structfield></entry>
-<entry>The number of bits per pixel.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>byte_order</structfield></entry>
-<entry>The byte-order for this visual.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>colormap_size</structfield></entry>
-<entry>The number of entries in the colormap, for
-visuals of type GDK_VISUAL_PSEUDO_COLOR or 
-GDK_VISUAL_GRAY_SCALE. For other visual types, it
-is the number of possible levels per color component.
-If the visual has different numbers of levels for
-different components, the value of this field is
-undefined.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>bits_per_rgb</structfield></entry>
-<entry>
-The number of significant bits per red, green, or blue
-when specifying colors for this visual. (For instance, 
-for gdk_colormap_alloc_color())
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>red_mask</structfield></entry>
-<entry>
-A mask giving the bits in a pixel value that
-correspond to the red field. Significant only for 
-%GDK_VISUAL_PSEUDOCOLOR and %GDK_VISUAL_DIRECTCOLOR.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>red_shift, red_prec</structfield></entry>
-<entry>
-The <structfield>red_shift</structfield> and 
-<structfield>red_prec</structfield> give an alternate presentation
-of the information in <structfield>red_mask</structfield>.
-<structfield>red_mask</structfield> is a contiguous sequence
-of <structfield>red_prec</structfield> starting at bit
-number <structfield>red_shift</structfield>. For example,
-<xref linkend="rgbmask"> shows constructing a pixel value
-out of three 16 bit color values.
-
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>green_mask</structfield></entry>
-<entry>
-A mask giving the bits in a pixel value that
-correspond to the green field.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>green_shift, green_prec</structfield></entry>
-<entry>
-The <structfield>green_shift</structfield> and 
-<structfield>green_prec</structfield> give an alternate presentation
-of the information in <structfield>green_mask</structfield>.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>blue_mask</structfield></entry>
-<entry>
-A mask giving the bits in a pixel value that
-correspond to the blue field.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry><structfield>blue_shift, blue_prec</structfield></entry>
-<entry>
-The <structfield>blue_shift</structfield> and 
-<structfield>blue_prec</structfield> give an alternate presentation
-of the information in <structfield>blue_mask</structfield>.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-<figure float="1" id="rgbmask">
-<title>Constructing a pixel value from components</title>
-<programlisting>
-guint 
-pixel_from_rgb (GdkVisual *visual,
-                guchar r, guchar b, guchar g) 
-{
-  return ((r >> (16 - visual->red_prec))   << visual->red_shift) |
-         ((g >> (16 - visual->green_prec)) << visual->green_shift) |
-         ((r >> (16 - visual->blue_prec))  << visual->blue_shift);
-}
-</programlisting>
-</figure>
-
-@type: 
-@depth: 
-@byte_order: 
-@colormap_size: 
-@bits_per_rgb: 
-@red_mask: 
-@red_shift: 
-@red_prec: 
-@green_mask: 
-@green_shift: 
-@green_prec: 
-@blue_mask: 
-@blue_shift: 
-@blue_prec: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkVisualType ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of values that describe the manner in which the
-pixel values for a visual are converted into RGB
-values for display.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_GRAY</entry>
-<entry>Each pixel value indexes a grayscale value directly.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_VISUAL_GRAYSCALE</entry>
-<entry>Each pixel is an index into a color map that maps
-pixel values into grayscale values. The color map can
-be changed by an application.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_COLOR</entry>
-<entry>Each pixel value is an index into a predefined,
-unmodifiable color map that maps pixel values into
-rgb values.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_VISUAL_PSEUDO_COLOR</entry>
-<entry>Each pixel is an index into a color map that maps
-pixel values into rgb values. The color map can
-be changed by an application.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_TRUE_COLOR</entry>
-<entry>Each pixel value directly contains red, green,
-and blue components. The <structfield>red_mask</structfield>,
-<structfield>green_mask</structfield>, and 
-<structfield>blue_mask</structfield> fields of the #GdkVisual
-structure describe how the components are assembled into
-a pixel value.
-.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_DIRECT_COLOR</entry>
-<entry>Each pixel value contains red, green, and blue
-components as for %GDK_TRUE_COLOR, but the components
-are mapped via a color table into the final output
-table instead of being converted directly..</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_GRAY: 
-@GDK_VISUAL_GRAYSCALE: 
-@GDK_VISUAL_STATIC_COLOR: 
-@GDK_VISUAL_PSEUDO_COLOR: 
-@GDK_VISUAL_TRUE_COLOR: 
-@GDK_VISUAL_DIRECT_COLOR: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkByteOrder ##### -->
-<para>
-A set of values describing the possible byte-orders
-for storing pixel values in memory.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="enum">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_LSB_FIRST</entry>
-<entry>The values are stored with the least-significant byte
-first. For instance, the 32-bit value 0xffeecc would be stored
-in memory as 0xcc, 0xee, 0xff, 0x00.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>GDK_MSB_FIRST</entry>
-<entry>The values are stored with the least-significant byte
-first. For instance, the 32-bit value 0xffeecc would be stored
-in memory as 0xff, 0xee, 0xcc, 0x00.</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-@GDK_LSB_FIRST: 
-@GDK_MSB_FIRST: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_query_depths ##### -->
-<para>
-Lists the available color depths. The returned values
-are pointers to static storage and should not be
-modified or freed.
-</para>
-
-@depths: a location to store a pointer to an array
-   holding the available color depths.
-@count: a location to store the number of values in @depths.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_query_visual_types ##### -->
-<para>
-Lists the available visual types. The returned values
-are pointers to static storage and should not be
-modified or freed.
-</para>
-
-@visual_types: a location to store a pointer to an 
-   array holding the available visual types.
-@count: a location to store the number of values in @visual types.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_list_visuals ##### -->
-<para>
-Lists the available visuals.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: A #GList of the available visuals. The list
-should be freed this list with g_list_free().
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_get_best_depth ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the best available color depth.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the best available color depth.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_get_best_type ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the best available visual type.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the best available visual type.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_get_system ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the system's default visual.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the system's default visual.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_get_best ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the best available visual.
-</para>
-
-@Returns: the best available visual.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_get_best_with_depth ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the best available visual with a certain depth.
-</para>
-
-@depth: the desired color depth
-@Returns: the best available visual with @depth bits per pixel
-or %NULL if no visuals with that type are available.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_get_best_with_type ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the best available visual of a certain visual type.
-</para>
-
-@visual_type: the desired visual type.
-@Returns: the visual of the given type with the highest depth
-or %NULL if no visuals of that type are available.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_get_best_with_both ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the best available visual 
-</para>
-
-@depth: the desired visual type.
-@visual_type: the desired depth.
-@Returns: the best available visual with the given depth
-and visual type, or %NULL if no matching visuals are
-available.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-In theory, increases the reference count of a visual. However,
-the set of visuals is determined statically when GTK+ is
-initialized, so this operation does nothing.
-</para>
-
-@visual: a #GdkVisual.
-@Returns: @visual.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_visual_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-In theory, decreases the reference count of a visual. Like
-gdk_visual_ref(), this operation does nothing.
-</para>
-
-@visual: a #GdkVisual.
-
-

docs/reference/gdk/tmpl/windows.sgml

@@ -1,777 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Windows
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkWindowAttr ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@title: 
-@event_mask: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-@wclass: 
-@visual: 
-@colormap: 
-@window_type: 
-@cursor: 
-@wmclass_name: 
-@wmclass_class: 
-@override_redirect: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkWindow ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@user_data: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkWindowType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_WINDOW_ROOT: 
-@GDK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL: 
-@GDK_WINDOW_CHILD: 
-@GDK_WINDOW_DIALOG: 
-@GDK_WINDOW_TEMP: 
-@GDK_WINDOW_PIXMAP: 
-@GDK_WINDOW_FOREIGN: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkWindowClass ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT: 
-@GDK_INPUT_ONLY: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkWindowAttributesType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_WA_TITLE: 
-@GDK_WA_X: 
-@GDK_WA_Y: 
-@GDK_WA_CURSOR: 
-@GDK_WA_COLORMAP: 
-@GDK_WA_VISUAL: 
-@GDK_WA_WMCLASS: 
-@GDK_WA_NOREDIR: 
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkWindowHints ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_HINT_POS: 
-@GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE: 
-@GDK_HINT_MAX_SIZE: 
-@GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE: 
-@GDK_HINT_ASPECT: 
-@GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkGeometry ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@min_width: 
-@min_height: 
-@max_width: 
-@max_height: 
-@base_width: 
-@base_height: 
-@width_inc: 
-@height_inc: 
-@min_aspect: 
-@max_aspect: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@parent: 
-@attributes: 
-@attributes_mask: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_at_pointer ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@win_x: 
-@win_y: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_show ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_hide ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_is_visible ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_is_viewable ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_withdraw ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_move ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_resize ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_move_resize ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_reparent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@new_parent: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_clear ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_clear_area ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_clear_area_e ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_copy_area ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@gc: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@source_window: 
-@source_x: 
-@source_y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_raise ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_lower ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_register_dnd ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_user_data ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@user_data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_override_redirect ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@override_redirect: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_add_filter ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@function: 
-@data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_remove_filter ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@function: 
-@data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GdkFilterFunc ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@xevent: 
-@event: 
-@data: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkFilterReturn ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE: 
-@GDK_FILTER_TRANSLATE: 
-@GDK_FILTER_REMOVE: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_shape_combine_mask ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@shape_mask: 
-@offset_x: 
-@offset_y: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_child_shapes ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_merge_child_shapes ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_static_gravities ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@use_static: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_hints ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@min_width: 
-@min_height: 
-@max_width: 
-@max_height: 
-@flags: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_title ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@title: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_background ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@color: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_back_pixmap ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@pixmap: 
-@parent_relative: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GDK_PARENT_RELATIVE ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_cursor ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@cursor: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_colormap ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@colormap: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_user_data ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@data: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_geometry ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-@depth: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_geometry_hints ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@geometry: 
-@flags: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_position ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_root_origin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_size ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@width: 
-@height: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_visual ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_colormap ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_type ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_origin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_deskrelative_origin ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_pointer ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@x: 
-@y: 
-@mask: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkModifierType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_SHIFT_MASK: 
-@GDK_LOCK_MASK: 
-@GDK_CONTROL_MASK: 
-@GDK_MOD1_MASK: 
-@GDK_MOD2_MASK: 
-@GDK_MOD3_MASK: 
-@GDK_MOD4_MASK: 
-@GDK_MOD5_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON1_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON2_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON3_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON4_MASK: 
-@GDK_BUTTON5_MASK: 
-@GDK_RELEASE_MASK: 
-@GDK_MODIFIER_MASK: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_parent ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_toplevel ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_children ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_events ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_events ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@event_mask: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_icon ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@icon_window: 
-@pixmap: 
-@mask: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_icon_name ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@name: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_transient_for ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@leader: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_role ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@role: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_group ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@leader: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_decorations ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@decorations: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkWMDecoration ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_DECOR_ALL: 
-@GDK_DECOR_BORDER: 
-@GDK_DECOR_RESIZEH: 
-@GDK_DECOR_TITLE: 
-@GDK_DECOR_MENU: 
-@GDK_DECOR_MINIMIZE: 
-@GDK_DECOR_MAXIMIZE: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_set_functions ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@window: 
-@functions: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GdkWMFunction ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GDK_FUNC_ALL: 
-@GDK_FUNC_RESIZE: 
-@GDK_FUNC_MOVE: 
-@GDK_FUNC_MINIMIZE: 
-@GDK_FUNC_MAXIMIZE: 
-@GDK_FUNC_CLOSE: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_window_get_toplevels ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GdkDrawable ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@user_data: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gdk_drawable_set_data ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@drawable: 
-@key: 
-@data: 
-@destroy_func: 
-
-

docs/reference/gtk/.cvsignore

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-sgml
-html
-gtk-decl-list.txt
-gtk-unused.txt

docs/reference/gtk/Makefile.am

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-# The name of the module.
-DOC_MODULE=gtk
-
-# The top-level SGML file.
-DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE=gtk-docs.sgml
-
-# We could alternatively use this for using installed headers.
-INCLUDE_DIR=`gtk-config --prefix`/include/gtk
-
-
-TARGET_DIR=$(HTML_DIR)/$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-CFLAGS=`gtk-config --cflags`
-LDFLAGS=`gtk-config --libs`
-
-scan:
-	CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS) LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS) gtkdoc-scanobj --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-	gtkdoc-scan --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --ignore-headers='gtkintl.h' $(INCLUDE_DIR)/*.h
-
-templates: scan
-	gtkdoc-mktmpl --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-sgml:
-	gtkdoc-mkdb --module=$(DOC_MODULE)
-
-html:
-	if ! test -d html ; then mkdir html ; fi
-	-cd html && gtkdoc-mkhtml $(DOC_MODULE) ../$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE)
-
-clean-local:
-	rm -f *~ *.bak *.hierarchy *.signals *.args *-unused.txt
-
-maintainer-clean-local: clean
-	rm -rf sgml html $(DOC_MODULE)-decl-list.txt $(DOC_MODULE)-decl.txt 
-
-install-data-local:
-	install -d -m 0755 $(TARGET_DIR)
-	install -m 0644 html/*.html $(TARGET_DIR)
-	install -m 0644 html/index.sgml $(TARGET_DIR)
-	gtkdoc-fixxref --module=$(DOC_MODULE) --html-dir=$(HTML_DIR)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	$(DOC_MAIN_SGML_FILE) \
-	$(DOC_MODULE)-sections.txt \
-	gtk-overrides.txt \
-	gtk-decl.txt \
-	gtk.hierarchy \
-	gtk.signals \
-	gtk.args \
-	gtk.types \
-	objects_grouped.sgml
-
-dist-hook:
-	mkdir $(distdir)/tmpl
-	cp -p tmpl/*.sgml $(distdir)/tmpl
-
-.PHONY : html sgml templates scan

docs/reference/gtk/gtk-docs.sgml

@@ -1,293 +0,0 @@
-<!doctype book PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" [
-<!entity hash "#">
-<!entity GtkAccelLabel SYSTEM "sgml/gtkaccellabel.sgml">
-<!entity GtkAdjustment SYSTEM "sgml/gtkadjustment.sgml">
-<!entity GtkAlignment SYSTEM "sgml/gtkalignment.sgml">
-<!entity GtkArrow SYSTEM "sgml/gtkarrow.sgml">
-<!entity GtkAspectFrame SYSTEM "sgml/gtkaspectframe.sgml">
-<!entity GtkButtonBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkbbox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkBin SYSTEM "sgml/gtkbin.sgml">
-<!entity GtkBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkbox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkButton SYSTEM "sgml/gtkbutton.sgml">
-<!entity GtkCalendar SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcalendar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkCheckButton SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcheckbutton.sgml">
-<!entity GtkCheckMenuItem SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcheckmenuitem.sgml">
-<!entity GtkCList SYSTEM "sgml/gtkclist.sgml">
-<!entity GtkColorSelection SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcolorsel.sgml">
-<!entity GtkColorSelectionDialog SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcolorseldlg.sgml">
-<!entity GtkCombo SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcombo.sgml">
-<!entity GtkContainer SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcontainer.sgml">
-<!entity GtkCTree SYSTEM "sgml/gtkctree.sgml">
-<!entity GtkCurve SYSTEM "sgml/gtkcurve.sgml">
-<!entity GtkData SYSTEM "sgml/gtkdata.sgml">
-<!entity GtkDialog SYSTEM "sgml/gtkdialog.sgml">
-<!entity GtkDrawingArea SYSTEM "sgml/gtkdrawingarea.sgml">
-<!entity GtkEditable SYSTEM "sgml/gtkeditable.sgml">
-<!entity GtkEntry SYSTEM "sgml/gtkentry.sgml">
-<!entity GtkEventBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkeventbox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkFileSelection SYSTEM "sgml/gtkfilesel.sgml">
-<!entity GtkFixed SYSTEM "sgml/gtkfixed.sgml">
-<!entity GtkFontSelection SYSTEM "sgml/gtkfontsel.sgml">
-<!entity GtkFontSelectionDialog SYSTEM "sgml/gtkfontseldlg.sgml">
-<!entity GtkFrame SYSTEM "sgml/gtkframe.sgml">
-<!entity GtkGammaCurve SYSTEM "sgml/gtkgamma.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHandleBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhandlebox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHButtonBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhbbox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhbox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHPaned SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhpaned.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHRuler SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhruler.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHScale SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhscale.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHScrollbar SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhscrollbar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkHSeparator SYSTEM "sgml/gtkhseparator.sgml">
-<!entity GtkImage SYSTEM "sgml/gtkimage.sgml">
-<!entity GtkInputDialog SYSTEM "sgml/gtkinputdialog.sgml">
-<!entity GtkInvisible SYSTEM "sgml/gtkinvisible.sgml">
-<!entity GtkItem SYSTEM "sgml/gtkitem.sgml">
-<!entity GtkItemFactory SYSTEM "sgml/gtkitemfactory.sgml">
-<!entity GtkLabel SYSTEM "sgml/gtklabel.sgml">
-<!entity GtkLayout SYSTEM "sgml/gtklayout.sgml">
-<!entity GtkList SYSTEM "sgml/gtklist.sgml">
-<!entity GtkListItem SYSTEM "sgml/gtklistitem.sgml">
-<!entity GtkMenu SYSTEM "sgml/gtkmenu.sgml">
-<!entity GtkMenuBar SYSTEM "sgml/gtkmenubar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkMenuItem SYSTEM "sgml/gtkmenuitem.sgml">
-<!entity GtkMenuShell SYSTEM "sgml/gtkmenushell.sgml">
-<!entity GtkMisc SYSTEM "sgml/gtkmisc.sgml">
-<!entity GtkNotebook SYSTEM "sgml/gtknotebook.sgml">
-<!entity GtkObject SYSTEM "sgml/gtkobject.sgml">
-<!entity GtkOptionMenu SYSTEM "sgml/gtkoptionmenu.sgml">
-<!entity GtkPacker SYSTEM "sgml/gtkpacker.sgml">
-<!entity GtkPaned SYSTEM "sgml/gtkpaned.sgml">
-<!entity GtkPixmap SYSTEM "sgml/gtkpixmap.sgml">
-<!entity GtkPlug SYSTEM "sgml/gtkplug.sgml">
-<!entity GtkPreview SYSTEM "sgml/gtkpreview.sgml">
-<!entity GtkProgress SYSTEM "sgml/gtkprogress.sgml">
-<!entity GtkProgressBar SYSTEM "sgml/gtkprogressbar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkRadioButton SYSTEM "sgml/gtkradiobutton.sgml">
-<!entity GtkRadioMenuItem SYSTEM "sgml/gtkradiomenuitem.sgml">
-<!entity GtkRange SYSTEM "sgml/gtkrange.sgml">
-<!entity GtkRuler SYSTEM "sgml/gtkruler.sgml">
-<!entity GtkScale SYSTEM "sgml/gtkscale.sgml">
-<!entity GtkScrollbar SYSTEM "sgml/gtkscrollbar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkScrolledWindow SYSTEM "sgml/gtkscrolledwindow.sgml">
-<!entity GtkSeparator SYSTEM "sgml/gtkseparator.sgml">
-<!entity GtkSocket SYSTEM "sgml/gtksocket.sgml">
-<!entity GtkSpinButton SYSTEM "sgml/gtkspinbutton.sgml">
-<!entity GtkStatusbar SYSTEM "sgml/gtkstatusbar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkTable SYSTEM "sgml/gtktable.sgml">
-<!entity GtkTearoffMenuItem SYSTEM "sgml/gtktearoffmenuitem.sgml">
-<!entity GtkText SYSTEM "sgml/gtktext.sgml">
-<!entity GtkTipsQuery SYSTEM "sgml/gtktipsquery.sgml">
-<!entity GtkToggleButton SYSTEM "sgml/gtktogglebutton.sgml">
-<!entity GtkToolbar SYSTEM "sgml/gtktoolbar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkTooltips SYSTEM "sgml/gtktooltips.sgml">
-<!entity GtkTree SYSTEM "sgml/gtktree.sgml">
-<!entity GtkTreeItem SYSTEM "sgml/gtktreeitem.sgml">
-<!entity GtkVButtonBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkvbbox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkVBox SYSTEM "sgml/gtkvbox.sgml">
-<!entity GtkViewport SYSTEM "sgml/gtkviewport.sgml">
-<!entity GtkVPaned SYSTEM "sgml/gtkvpaned.sgml">
-<!entity GtkVRuler SYSTEM "sgml/gtkvruler.sgml">
-<!entity GtkVScale SYSTEM "sgml/gtkvscale.sgml">
-<!entity GtkVScrollbar SYSTEM "sgml/gtkvscrollbar.sgml">
-<!entity GtkVSeparator SYSTEM "sgml/gtkvseparator.sgml">
-<!entity GtkWidget SYSTEM "sgml/gtkwidget.sgml">
-<!entity GtkWindow SYSTEM "sgml/gtkwindow.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-General SYSTEM "sgml/gtkmain.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Feature-Test-Macros SYSTEM "sgml/gtkfeatures.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Graphics-Contexts SYSTEM "sgml/gtkgc.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Styles SYSTEM "sgml/gtkstyle.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Themes SYSTEM "sgml/gtkthemes.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Resource-Files SYSTEM "sgml/gtkrc.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Keyboard-Accelerators SYSTEM "sgml/gtkaccelgroup.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Selections SYSTEM "sgml/gtkselection.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Drag-and-Drop SYSTEM "sgml/gtkdnd.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Signals SYSTEM "sgml/gtksignal.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Signal-Marshallers SYSTEM "sgml/gtkmarshal.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Object-Properties SYSTEM "sgml/gtkarg.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Types SYSTEM "sgml/gtktypeutils.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Bindings SYSTEM "sgml/gtkbindings.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Standard-Enumerations SYSTEM "sgml/gtkenums.sgml">
-<!entity gtk-Private-Information SYSTEM "sgml/gtkprivate.sgml">
-
-<!entity index-Object-Tree SYSTEM "sgml/tree_index.sgml">
-
-<!entity index-Objects-Grouped SYSTEM "objects_grouped.sgml">
-]>
-<book id="index">
-  <bookinfo>
-    <title>GTK+ Reference Manual</title>
-  </bookinfo>
-
-  <chapter id="gtk">
-    <title>GTK+ </title>
-    <para>
-GTK+ is a multi-platform open source GUI Toolkit. Everything about
-GTK+ from the object-oriented design to the Free Software LGPL
-licensing allows you to code your project with the most freedom
-possible. You can develop open software, free software, or even
-commercial non-free software without having to spend a dime for
-licenses or royalties.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-GTK+ is a set of libraries to create graphical user interfaces. It
-works on many Unix-like platforms, and a Windows version is in
-development. GTK+ is released under the GNU Library General Public
-License (GNU LGPL), which allows for flexible licensing of client
-applications. GTK+ has a C-based object-oriented architecture that
-allows for maximum flexibility.  Bindings for other languages have
-been written, including C++, Objective-C, Guile/Scheme, Perl, Python,
-TOM, Ada95, Free Pascal, and Eiffel.
-    </para>
-    <para>
-GTK+ consists of the following component libraries:
-<variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>GLib</term>
-<listitem><para>
-Provides many useful data types, macros, type conversions,
-string utilities and a lexical scanner. Includes Win32 support.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>GDK</term>
-<listitem><para>
-A wrapper for low-level windowing functions.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>GTK+</term>
-<listitem><para>
-An advanced widget set.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-    </para>
-    &gtk-General;
-    &gtk-Feature-Test-Macros;
-    &gtk-Graphics-Contexts;
-    &gtk-Styles;
-    &gtk-Themes;
-    &gtk-Resource-Files;
-    &gtk-Keyboard-Accelerators;
-    &gtk-Selections;
-    &gtk-Drag-and-Drop;
-    &gtk-Signals;
-    &gtk-Signal-Marshallers;
-    &gtk-Object-Properties;
-    &gtk-Types;
-    &gtk-Bindings;
-    &gtk-Standard-Enumerations;
-    &gtk-Private-Information;
-  </chapter>
-
-  <chapter id="gtkobjects" role="no-toc">
-    <title>GTK+ Widgets and Objects</title>
-    &index-Objects-Grouped;
-
-    &GtkAccelLabel;
-    &GtkAdjustment;
-    &GtkAlignment;
-    &GtkArrow;
-    &GtkAspectFrame;
-    &GtkButtonBox;
-    &GtkBin;
-    &GtkBox;
-    &GtkButton;
-    &GtkCalendar;
-    &GtkCheckButton;
-    &GtkCheckMenuItem;
-    &GtkCList;
-    &GtkColorSelection;
-    &GtkColorSelectionDialog;
-    &GtkCombo;
-    &GtkContainer;
-    &GtkCTree;
-    &GtkCurve;
-    &GtkData;
-    &GtkDialog;
-    &GtkDrawingArea;
-    &GtkEditable;
-    &GtkEntry;
-    &GtkEventBox;
-    &GtkFileSelection;
-    &GtkFixed;
-    &GtkFontSelection;
-    &GtkFontSelectionDialog;
-    &GtkFrame;
-    &GtkGammaCurve;
-    &GtkHandleBox;
-    &GtkHButtonBox;
-    &GtkHBox;
-    &GtkHPaned;
-    &GtkHRuler;
-    &GtkHScale;
-    &GtkHScrollbar;
-    &GtkHSeparator;
-    &GtkImage;
-    &GtkInputDialog;
-    &GtkInvisible;
-    &GtkItem;
-    &GtkItemFactory;
-    &GtkLabel;
-    &GtkLayout;
-    &GtkList;
-    &GtkListItem;
-    &GtkMenu;
-    &GtkMenuBar;
-    &GtkMenuItem;
-    &GtkMenuShell;
-    &GtkMisc;
-    &GtkNotebook;
-    &GtkObject;
-    &GtkOptionMenu;
-    &GtkPacker;
-    &GtkPaned;
-    &GtkPixmap;
-    &GtkPlug;
-    &GtkPreview;
-    &GtkProgress;
-    &GtkProgressBar;
-    &GtkRadioButton;
-    &GtkRadioMenuItem;
-    &GtkRange;
-    &GtkRuler;
-    &GtkScale;
-    &GtkScrollbar;
-    &GtkScrolledWindow;
-    &GtkSeparator;
-    &GtkSocket;
-    &GtkSpinButton;
-    &GtkStatusbar;
-    &GtkTable;
-    &GtkTearoffMenuItem;
-    &GtkText;
-    &GtkTipsQuery;
-    &GtkToggleButton;
-    &GtkToolbar;
-    &GtkTooltips;
-    &GtkTree;
-    &GtkTreeItem;
-    &GtkVButtonBox;
-    &GtkVBox;
-    &GtkViewport;
-    &GtkVPaned;
-    &GtkVRuler;
-    &GtkVScale;
-    &GtkVScrollbar;
-    &GtkVSeparator;
-    &GtkWidget;
-    &GtkWindow;
-  </chapter>
-
-  <chapter id="gtk-index">
-    <title>Index</title>
-    <sect1>
-      <title>Object Hierarchy</title>
-    &index-Object-Tree;
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-</book>

docs/reference/gtk/gtk-overrides.txt

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# These are manually-edited to override or add declarations to those scanned
-# from the GTK header files.
-
-# These haven't been given parameter names in the header files.
-<USER_FUNCTION>
-<NAME>GtkArgGetFunc</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void</RETURNS>
-GtkObject *object,
-GtkArg *arg,
-guint arg_id
-</USER_FUNCTION>
-
-<USER_FUNCTION>
-<NAME>GtkArgSetFunc</NAME>
-<RETURNS>void</RETURNS>
-GtkObject *object,
-GtkArg *arg,
-guint arg_id
-</USER_FUNCTION>

docs/reference/gtk/gtk.args

@@ -1,846 +0,0 @@
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkAccelLabel::accel_widget</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkWidget</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkAlignment::xalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkAlignment::yalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkAlignment::xscale</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkAlignment::yscale</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkArrow::arrow_type</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkArrowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkArrow::shadow_type</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkShadowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkBox::spacing</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkBox::homogeneous</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkButton::label</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkButton::relief</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkReliefStyle</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCList::n_columns</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwX</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCList::shadow_type</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkShadowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCList::selection_mode</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkSelectionMode</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCList::row_height</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCList::reorderable</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCList::titles_active</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCList::use_drag_icons</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkContainer::border_width</NAME>
-<TYPE>gulong</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkContainer::resize_mode</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkResizeMode</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkContainer::child</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkWidget</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>w</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCTree::n_columns</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwX</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCTree::tree_column</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwX</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCTree::indent</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCTree::spacing</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCTree::show_stub</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCTree::line_style</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkCTreeLineStyle</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkCTree::expander_style</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkCTreeExpanderStyle</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkEditable::text_position</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkEditable::editable</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkEntry::max_length</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkEntry::visibility</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkFrame::label</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkFrame::label_xalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkFrame::label_yalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkFrame::shadow</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkShadowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkHandleBox::shadow</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkShadowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkHScale::adjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkHScrollbar::adjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkLabel::label</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkLabel::pattern</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkLabel::justify</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkJustification</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkMenuBar::shadow</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkShadowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkMisc::xalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkMisc::yalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkMisc::xpad</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkMisc::ypad</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::page</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::tab_pos</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkPositionType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::tab_border</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>w</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::tab_hborder</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::tab_vborder</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::show_tabs</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::show_border</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::scrollable</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkNotebook::enable_popup</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkObject::user_data</NAME>
-<TYPE>gpointer</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkObject::signal</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkSignal</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>w</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkObject::signal_after</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkSignal</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>w</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkObject::object_signal</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkSignal</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>w</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkObject::object_signal_after</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkSignal</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>w</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkPacker::spacing</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkPacker::default_border_width</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkPacker::default_pad_x</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkPacker::default_pad_y</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkPacker::default_ipad_x</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkPacker::default_ipad_y</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgress::activity_mode</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgress::show_text</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgress::text_xalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgress::text_yalign</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgressBar::adjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgressBar::orientation</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkProgressBarOrientation</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgressBar::bar_style</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkProgressBarStyle</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgressBar::activity_step</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgressBar::activity_blocks</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkProgressBar::discrete_blocks</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkRadioButton::group</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkRadioButton</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>w</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkRange::update_policy</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkUpdateType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScale::digits</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScale::draw_value</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScale::value_pos</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkPositionType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScrolledWindow::hadjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScrolledWindow::vadjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScrolledWindow::hscrollbar_policy</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkPolicyType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScrolledWindow::vscrollbar_policy</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkPolicyType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkScrolledWindow::window_placement</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkCornerType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::adjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::climb_rate</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::digits</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::snap_to_ticks</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::numeric</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::wrap</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::update_policy</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkSpinButtonUpdatePolicy</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::shadow_type</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkShadowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkSpinButton::value</NAME>
-<TYPE>gfloat</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTable::n_rows</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTable::n_columns</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTable::row_spacing</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTable::column_spacing</NAME>
-<TYPE>guint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTable::homogeneous</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkText::hadjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkText::vadjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkText::line_wrap</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkText::word_wrap</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTipsQuery::emit_always</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTipsQuery::caller</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkWidget</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTipsQuery::label_inactive</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkTipsQuery::label_no_tip</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkToggleButton::active</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkToggleButton::draw_indicator</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkViewport::hadjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkViewport::vadjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkViewport::shadow_type</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkShadowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkVScale::adjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkVScrollbar::adjustment</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkAdjustment</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rwx</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::name</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::parent</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkContainer</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::x</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::y</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::width</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::height</NAME>
-<TYPE>gint</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::visible</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::sensitive</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::app_paintable</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::can_focus</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::has_focus</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::can_default</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::has_default</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::receives_default</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::composite_child</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::style</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkStyle</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::events</NAME>
-<TYPE>GdkEventMask</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWidget::extension_events</NAME>
-<TYPE>GdkEventMask</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWindow::type</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkWindowType</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWindow::title</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkString</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWindow::auto_shrink</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWindow::allow_shrink</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWindow::allow_grow</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWindow::modal</NAME>
-<TYPE>gboolean</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-
-<ARG>
-<NAME>GtkWindow::window_position</NAME>
-<TYPE>GtkWindowPosition</TYPE>
-<FLAGS>rw</FLAGS>
-</ARG>
-

docs/reference/gtk/gtk.hierarchy

@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-GtkObject
-  GtkWidget
-    GtkMisc
-      GtkLabel
-        GtkAccelLabel
-        GtkTipsQuery
-      GtkArrow
-      GtkImage
-      GtkPixmap
-    GtkContainer
-      GtkBin
-        GtkAlignment
-        GtkFrame
-          GtkAspectFrame
-        GtkButton
-          GtkToggleButton
-            GtkCheckButton
-              GtkRadioButton
-          GtkOptionMenu
-        GtkItem
-          GtkMenuItem
-            GtkCheckMenuItem
-              GtkRadioMenuItem
-            GtkTearoffMenuItem
-          GtkListItem
-          GtkTreeItem
-        GtkWindow
-          GtkColorSelectionDialog
-          GtkDialog
-            GtkInputDialog
-          GtkFileSelection
-          GtkFontSelectionDialog
-          GtkPlug
-        GtkEventBox
-        GtkHandleBox
-        GtkScrolledWindow
-        GtkViewport
-      GtkBox
-        GtkButtonBox
-          GtkHButtonBox
-          GtkVButtonBox
-        GtkVBox
-          GtkColorSelection
-          GtkGammaCurve
-        GtkHBox
-          GtkCombo
-          GtkStatusbar
-      GtkCList
-        GtkCTree
-      GtkFixed
-      GtkNotebook
-        GtkFontSelection
-      GtkPaned
-        GtkHPaned
-        GtkVPaned
-      GtkLayout
-      GtkList
-      GtkMenuShell
-        GtkMenu
-        GtkMenuBar
-      GtkPacker
-      GtkSocket
-      GtkTable
-      GtkToolbar
-      GtkTree
-    GtkCalendar
-    GtkDrawingArea
-      GtkCurve
-    GtkEditable
-      GtkEntry
-        GtkSpinButton
-      GtkText
-    GtkRuler
-      GtkHRuler
-      GtkVRuler
-    GtkRange
-      GtkScale
-        GtkHScale
-        GtkVScale
-      GtkScrollbar
-        GtkHScrollbar
-        GtkVScrollbar
-    GtkSeparator
-      GtkHSeparator
-      GtkVSeparator
-    GtkInvisible
-    GtkPreview
-    GtkProgress
-      GtkProgressBar
-  GtkData
-    GtkAdjustment
-    GtkTooltips
-  GtkItemFactory

docs/reference/gtk/gtk.types

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-#include <gtk/gtk.h>
-
-gtk_accel_label_get_type
-gtk_adjustment_get_type
-gtk_alignment_get_type
-gtk_arrow_get_type
-gtk_aspect_frame_get_type
-gtk_bin_get_type
-gtk_box_get_type
-gtk_button_get_type
-gtk_button_box_get_type
-gtk_calendar_get_type
-gtk_check_button_get_type
-gtk_check_menu_item_get_type
-gtk_clist_get_type
-gtk_color_selection_get_type
-gtk_color_selection_dialog_get_type
-gtk_combo_get_type
-gtk_container_get_type
-gtk_ctree_get_type
-gtk_curve_get_type
-gtk_data_get_type
-gtk_dialog_get_type
-gtk_drawing_area_get_type
-gtk_editable_get_type
-gtk_entry_get_type
-gtk_event_box_get_type
-gtk_file_selection_get_type
-gtk_fixed_get_type
-gtk_font_selection_get_type
-gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_type
-gtk_frame_get_type
-gtk_gamma_curve_get_type
-gtk_handle_box_get_type
-gtk_hbox_get_type
-gtk_hbutton_box_get_type
-gtk_hpaned_get_type
-gtk_hruler_get_type
-gtk_hscale_get_type
-gtk_hscrollbar_get_type
-gtk_hseparator_get_type
-gtk_identifier_get_type
-gtk_image_get_type
-gtk_input_dialog_get_type
-gtk_invisible_get_type
-gtk_item_get_type
-gtk_item_factory_get_type
-gtk_label_get_type
-gtk_layout_get_type
-gtk_list_get_type
-gtk_list_item_get_type
-gtk_menu_get_type
-gtk_menu_bar_get_type
-gtk_menu_item_get_type
-gtk_menu_shell_get_type
-gtk_misc_get_type
-gtk_notebook_get_type
-gtk_object_get_type
-gtk_option_menu_get_type
-gtk_packer_get_type
-gtk_paned_get_type
-gtk_pixmap_get_type
-gtk_plug_get_type
-gtk_preview_get_type
-gtk_progress_get_type
-gtk_progress_bar_get_type
-gtk_radio_button_get_type
-gtk_radio_menu_item_get_type
-gtk_range_get_type
-gtk_ruler_get_type
-gtk_scale_get_type
-gtk_scrollbar_get_type
-gtk_scrolled_window_get_type
-gtk_separator_get_type
-gtk_socket_get_type
-gtk_spin_button_get_type
-gtk_statusbar_get_type
-gtk_table_get_type
-gtk_tearoff_menu_item_get_type
-gtk_text_get_type
-gtk_tips_query_get_type
-gtk_toggle_button_get_type
-gtk_toolbar_get_type
-gtk_tooltips_get_type
-gtk_tree_get_type
-gtk_tree_item_get_type
-gtk_vbox_get_type
-gtk_vbutton_box_get_type
-gtk_viewport_get_type
-gtk_vpaned_get_type
-gtk_vruler_get_type
-gtk_vscale_get_type
-gtk_vscrollbar_get_type
-gtk_vseparator_get_type
-gtk_widget_get_type
-gtk_window_get_type

docs/reference/gtk/objects_grouped.sgml

@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none">
-<tgroup cols="4">
-<colspec colwidth="1*">
-<colspec colwidth="1*">
-<colspec colwidth="1*">
-<colspec colwidth="1*">
-<tbody><row>
-<entry><literallayout>
-<emphasis>Windows &amp; Dialogs</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkWindow">GtkWindow</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkDialog">GtkDialog</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkColorSelectionDialog">GtkColorSelectionDialog</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkFileSelection">GtkFileSelection</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkFontSelectionDialog">GtkFontSelectionDialog</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkInputDialog">GtkInputDialog</link>
-
-<emphasis>Containers</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkHBox">GtkHBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkVBox">GtkVBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkTable">GtkTable</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkToolbar">GtkToolbar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkHandleBox">GtkHandleBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkNotebook">GtkNotebook</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkFrame">GtkFrame</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkAspectFrame">GtkAspectFrame</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkFixed">GtkFixed</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkPacker">GtkPacker</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkLayout">GtkLayout</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkScrolledWindow">GtkScrolledWindow</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkViewport">GtkViewport</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkEventBox">GtkEventBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkAlignment">GtkAlignment</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkHButtonBox">GtkHButtonBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkVButtonBox">GtkVButtonBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkHPaned">GtkHPaned</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkVPaned">GtkVPaned</link>
-</literallayout></entry>
-<entry><literallayout>
-<emphasis>Labels &amp; Buttons</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkLabel">GtkLabel</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkAccelLabel">GtkAccelLabel</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkButton">GtkButton</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkCheckButton">GtkCheckButton</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkToggleButton">GtkToggleButton</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkRadioButton">GtkRadioButton</link>
-
-<emphasis>Data Entry Widgets</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkEntry">GtkEntry</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkText">GtkText</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkSpinButton">GtkSpinButton</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkOptionMenu">GtkOptionMenu</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkCombo">GtkCombo</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkHScale">GtkHScale</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkVScale">GtkVScale</link>
-
-<emphasis>Lists &amp; Trees</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkCList">GtkCList</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkCTree">GtkCTree</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkList">GtkList</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkListItem">GtkListItem</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkTree">GtkTree</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkTreeItem">GtkTreeItem</link>
-
-<emphasis>Tooltips</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkTooltips">GtkTooltips</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkTipsQuery">GtkTipsQuery</link>
-</literallayout></entry>
-<entry><literallayout>
-<emphasis>Menus &amp; Menu Bars</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkMenuBar">GtkMenuBar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkMenu">GtkMenu</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkMenuItem">GtkMenuItem</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkCheckMenuItem">GtkCheckMenuItem</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkRadioMenuItem">GtkRadioMenuItem</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkTearoffMenuItem">GtkTearoffMenuItem</link>
-
-<emphasis>Graphical Widgets</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkDrawingArea">GtkDrawingArea</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkImage">GtkImage</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkPixmap">GtkPixmap</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkPreview">GtkPreview</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkCurve">GtkCurve</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkGammaCurve">GtkGammaCurve</link>
-
-<emphasis>Misc. Widgets</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkArrow">GtkArrow</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkCalendar">GtkCalendar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkProgressBar">GtkProgressBar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkStatusbar">GtkStatusbar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkHRuler">GtkHRuler</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkVRuler">GtkVRuler</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkHScrollbar">GtkHScrollbar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkVScrollbar">GtkVScrollbar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkHSeparator">GtkHSeparator</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkVSeparator">GtkVSeparator</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkColorSelection">GtkColorSelection</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkFontSelection">GtkFontSelection</link>
-</literallayout></entry>
-<entry><literallayout>
-<emphasis>Abstract Base Classes</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkWidget">GtkWidget</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkObject">GtkObject</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkContainer">GtkContainer</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkBin">GtkBin</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkBox">GtkBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkButtonBox">GtkButtonBox</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkData">GtkData</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkEditable">GtkEditable</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkItem">GtkItem</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkMenuShell">GtkMenuShell</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkMisc">GtkMisc</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkPaned">GtkPaned</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkProgress">GtkProgress</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkRange">GtkRange</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkRuler">GtkRuler</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkScale">GtkScale</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkScrollbar">GtkScrollbar</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkSeparator">GtkSeparator</link>
-
-<emphasis>Integrating with other X Applications</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkPlug">GtkPlug</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkSocket">GtkSocket</link>
-
-<emphasis>Misc. Objects</emphasis>
-    <link linkend="GtkAdjustment">GtkAdjustment</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkItemFactory">GtkItemFactory</link>
-    <link linkend="GtkInvisible">GtkInvisible</link>
-</literallayout></entry>
-</row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>

docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtk-unused.sgml

@@ -1,629 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkmenufactory.sgml:Title ##### -->
-Menu Factory
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkMenuFactory ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@path: 
-@type: 
-@accel_group: 
-@widget: 
-@subfactories: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_BOOL__POINTER_INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__UINT_STRING ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT_FLOAT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_INT_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_INT__POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_find ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@factory: 
-@path: 
-@Returns: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__ENUM_FLOAT_BOOL ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_STRING_STRING ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT_POINTER_INT_INT_INT_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_BOOL__POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__UINT_POINTER_UINT_ENUM_ENUM_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GtkMenuFactoryType ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GTK_MENU_FACTORY_MENU: 
-@GTK_MENU_FACTORY_MENU_BAR: 
-@GTK_MENU_FACTORY_OPTION_MENU: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_INT__POINTER_CHAR_CHAR ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_INT_INT_POINTER_INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT_FLOAT_BOOL ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__BOXED ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_add_entries ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@factory: 
-@entries: 
-@nentries: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkMenuPath ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@path: 
-@widget: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__UINT_POINTER_UINT_UINT_ENUM ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkPreview:expand ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the way that the the preview widget behaves
-when the size it is allocated is larger than the requested
-size. See gtk_preview_set_expand().
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__STRING_INT_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_INT_INT_POINTER_UINT_UINT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_BOOL__POINTER_INT_INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkmenufactory.sgml:Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_BOOL__POINTER_STRING_STRING_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__ENUM_FLOAT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_POINTER_UINT_UINT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_remove_paths ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@factory: 
-@paths: 
-@npaths: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_destroy ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@factory: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_BOOL__POINTER_INT_INT_UINT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_INT__INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_ENUM__ENUM ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT_POINTER_INT_INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO GTK_NOTE ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@action: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_UINT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_POINTER_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkmenufactory.sgml:See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__BOOL ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_POINTER_INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_BOOL__POINTER_POINTER_POINTER_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__OBJECT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### ENUM GtkDebugFlag ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@GTK_DEBUG_OBJECTS: 
-@GTK_DEBUG_MISC: 
-@GTK_DEBUG_SIGNALS: 
-@GTK_DEBUG_DND: 
-@GTK_DEBUG_PLUGSOCKET: 
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:snap_edge ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the snap edge of a handlebox. The snap edge is
-the edge of the detached child that must be aligned
-with the corresponding edge of the "ghost" left
-behind when the child was detached to reattach
-the torn-off window. See gtk_handle_box_set_snap_edge().
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkHandleBox:handle_position ##### -->
-<para>
-Determines the side of the handlebox where the handle is drawn.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__STRING ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__UINT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__ENUM ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__C_CALLBACK_C_CALLBACK ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@type: 
-@Returns: 
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkdebug.sgml:Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__INT_INT_POINTER ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__C_CALLBACK ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_BOOL__POINTER_POINTER_INT_INT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_remove_entries ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@factory: 
-@entries: 
-@nentries: 
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkdebug.sgml:Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### USER_FUNCTION GtkMenuCallback ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@widget: 
-@user_data: 
-
-<!-- ##### VARIABLE gtk_debug_flags ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_remove_subfactory ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@factory: 
-@subfactory: 
-@path: 
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkdebug.sgml:Title ##### -->
-Debugging
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_ruler_draw_pos ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ruler: the gtkruler
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_UINT_UINT ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkdebug.sgml:See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### MACRO gtk_marshal_NONE__POINTER_UINT_ENUM ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_NONE__NONE ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_marshal_BOOL__NONE ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_menu_factory_add_subfactory ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@factory: 
-@subfactory: 
-@path: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkMenuEntry ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@path: 
-@accelerator: 
-@callback: 
-@callback_data: 
-@widget: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_ruler_draw_ticks ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ruler: the gtkruler
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION ./tmpl/gtkmenufactory.sgml:Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-

docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkaccelgroup.sgml

@@ -1,314 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Keyboard Accelerators
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkAccelGroup ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@ref_count: 
-@lock_count: 
-@modifier_mask: 
-@attach_objects: 
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkAccelEntry ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@accelerator_key: 
-@accelerator_mods: 
-@accel_flags: 
-@object: 
-@signal_id: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_get_default ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_ref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_unref ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_activate ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_groups_activate ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_attach ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@object: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_detach ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@object: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_lock ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_unlock ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_get_entry ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_lock_entry ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_unlock_entry ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_add ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-@accel_flags: 
-@object: 
-@accel_signal: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_remove ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-@object: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_handle_add ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@accel_signal_id: 
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-@accel_flags: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_handle_remove ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@accel_group: 
-@accel_key: 
-@accel_mods: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_create_add ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@class_type: 
-@signal_flags: 
-@handler_offset: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_create_remove ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@class_type: 
-@signal_flags: 
-@handler_offset: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_marshal_add ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_marshal_remove ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@func: 
-@func_data: 
-@args: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_groups_from_object ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_group_entries_from_object ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accelerator_valid ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@keyval: 
-@modifiers: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accelerator_parse ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accelerator: 
-@accelerator_key: 
-@accelerator_mods: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accelerator_name ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@accelerator_key: 
-@accelerator_mods: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accelerator_set_default_mod_mask ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@default_mod_mask: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accelerator_get_default_mod_mask ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@Returns: 
-
-

docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkaccellabel.sgml

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-GtkAccelLabel
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-a label which displays an accelerator key on the right of the text.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GtkAccelLabel widget is a subclass of #GtkLabel that also displays an
-accelerator key on the right of the label text, e.g. 'Ctl+S'.
-It is commonly used in menus to show the keyboard short-cuts for commands.
-</para>
-<para>
-The accelerator key to display is not set explicitly.
-Instead, the #GtkAccelLabel displays the accelerators which have been added to
-a particular widget. This widget is set by calling
-gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget().
-</para>
-<para>
-For example, a #GtkMenuItem widget may have an accelerator added to emit the
-"activate" signal when the 'Ctl+S' key combination is pressed.
-A #GtkAccelLabel is created and added to the #GtkMenuItem, and
-gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget() is called with the #GtkMenuItem as the
-second argument. The #GtkAccelLabel will now display 'Ctl+S' after its label.
-</para>
-<para>
-Note that creating a #GtkMenuItem with gtk_menu_item_new_with_label() (or
-one of the similar functions for #GtkCheckMenuItem and #GtkRadioMenuItem)
-automatically adds a #GtkAccelLabel to the #GtkMenuItem and calls
-gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget() to set it up for you.
-</para>
-<para>
-A #GtkAccelLabel will only display accelerators which have GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
-set (see #GtkAccelFlags).
-A #GtkAccelLabel can display multiple accelerators and even signal names,
-though it is almost always used to display just one accelerator key.
-</para>
-
-<example>
-<title>Creating a simple menu item with an accelerator key.</title>
-<programlisting>
-  GtkWidget *save_item;
-  GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
-
-  /* Create a #GtkAccelGroup and add it to the window. */
-  accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
-  gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (window), accel_group);
-
-  /* Create the menu item using the convenience function. */
-  save_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Save");
-  gtk_widget_show (save_item);
-  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (menu), save_item);
-
-  /* Now add the accelerator to the #GtkMenuItem. Note that since we called
-     gtk_menu_item_new_with_label() to create the #GtkMenuItem the
-     #GtkAccelLabel is automatically set up to display the #GtkMenuItem
-     accelerators. We just need to make sure we use GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE here. */
-  gtk_widget_add_accelerator (save_item, "activate", accel_group,
-                              GDK_s, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
-</programlisting>
-</example>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term><link linkend="gtk-keyboard-accelerators">Keyboard Accelerators</link>
-</term>
-<listitem><para>installing and using keyboard short-cuts.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>#GtkItemFactory</term>
-<listitem><para>an easier way to create menus.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkAccelLabel ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GtkAccelLabel-struct struct contains private data only, and
-should be accessed using the functions below.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_label_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GtkAccelLabel.
-</para>
-
-@string: the label string.
-@Returns: a new #GtkAccelLabel.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_label_set_accel_widget ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the widget whose accelerators are to be shown.
-</para>
-
-@accel_label: a #GtkAccelLabel.
-@accel_widget: the widget whose accelerators are to be displayed.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_label_get_accel_width ##### -->
-<para>
-Returns the width needed to display the accelerator key(s).
-This is used by menus to align all of the #GtkMenuItem widgets, and shouldn't
-be needed by applications.
-</para>
-
-@accel_label: a #GtkAccelLabel.
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_accel_label_refetch ##### -->
-<para>
-Recreates the string representing the accelerator keys.
-This should not be needed since the string is automatically updated whenever
-accelerators are added or removed from the associated widget.
-</para>
-
-@accel_label: a #GtkAccelLabel.
-@Returns: always returns FALSE.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkAccelLabel:accel_widget ##### -->
-<para>
-The widget whose accelerators are to be shown by the #GtkAccelLabel.
-</para>
-

docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkadjustment.sgml

@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-GtkAdjustment
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-a #GtkObject representing an adjustable bounded value.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GtkAdjustment object represents a value which has an associated lower
-and upper bound, together with step and page increments, and a page size.
-It is used within several GTK+ widgets, including
-#GtkSpinButton, #GtkViewport, and #GtkRange (which is a base class for
-#GtkHScrollbar, #GtkVScrollbar, #GtkHScale, and #GtkVScale).
-</para>
-<para>
-The #GtkAdjustment object does not update the value itself. Instead
-it is left up to the owner of the #GtkAdjustment to control the value.
-</para>
-<para>
-The owner of the #GtkAdjustment typically calls the
-gtk_adjustment_value_changed() and gtk_adjustment_changed() functions
-after changing the value and its bounds. This results in the emission of the
-&quot;value_changed&quot; or &quot;changed&quot; signal respectively.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkAdjustment ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GtkAdjustment-struct struct contains the following fields.
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gfloat lower;</entry>
-<entry>the minimum value.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gfloat upper;</entry>
-<entry>the maximum value.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gfloat value;</entry>
-<entry>the current value.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gfloat step_increment;</entry>
-<entry>the increment to use to make minor changes to the value.
-In a #GtkScrollbar this increment is used when the mouse is clicked on the
-arrows at the top and bottom of the scrollbar, to scroll by a small amount.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gfloat page_increment;</entry>
-<entry>the increment to use to make major changes to the value.
-In a #GtkScrollbar this increment is used when the mouse is clicked in the
-trough, to scroll by a large amount.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gfloat page_size;</entry>
-<entry>the page size.
-In a #GtkScrollbar this is the size of the area which is currently visible.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_adjustment_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GtkAdjustment.
-</para>
-
-@value: the initial value.
-@lower: the minimum value.
-@upper: the maximum value.
-@step_increment: the step increment.
-@page_increment: the page increment.
-@page_size: the page size.
-@Returns: a new #GtkAdjustment.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_adjustment_set_value ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the #GtkAdjustment value.
-</para>
-
-@adjustment: a #GtkAdjustment.
-@value: the new value.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_adjustment_clamp_page ##### -->
-<para>
-Updates the #GtkAdjustment @value to ensure that the range between @lower
-and @upper is in the current page (i.e. between @value and @value +
-@page_size).
-If the range is larger than the page size, then only the start of it will
-be in the current page.
-A &quot;changed&quot; signal will be emitted if the value is changed.
-</para>
-
-@adjustment: a #GtkAdjustment.
-@lower: the lower value.
-@upper: the upper value.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_adjustment_changed ##### -->
-<para>
-Emits a &quot;changed&quot; signal from the #GtkAdjustment.
-This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has
-changed any of the #GtkAdjustment fields other than the value.
-</para>
-
-@adjustment: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_adjustment_value_changed ##### -->
-<para>
-Emits a &quot;value_changed&quot; signal from the #GtkAdjusmtent.
-This is typically called by the owner of the #GtkAdjustment after it has
-changed the #GtkAdjustment value field.
-</para>
-
-@adjustment: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::changed ##### -->
-<para>
-Emitted when one or more of the #GtkAdjustment fields have been changed,
-other than the value field.
-</para>
-
-@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
-
-<!-- ##### SIGNAL GtkAdjustment::value-changed ##### -->
-<para>
-Emitted when the #GtkAdjustment value field has been changed.
-</para>
-
-@adjustment: the object which received the signal.
-

docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkalignment.sgml

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-GtkAlignment
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-a widget which controls the alignment and size of its child.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GtkAlignment widget controls the alignment and size of its child widget.
-It has four settings: xscale, yscale, xalign, and yalign.
-</para>
-<para>
-The scale settings are used to specify how much the child widget should
-expand to fill the space allocated to the #GtkAlignment.
-The values can range from 0 (meaning the child doesn't expand at all) to
-1 (meaning the child expands to fill all of the available space).
-</para>
-<para>
-The align settings are used to place the child widget within the available
-area. The values range from 0 (top or left) to 1 (bottom or right).
-Of course, if the scale settings are both set to 1, the alignment settings
-have no effect.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkAlignment ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GtkAlignment-struct struct contains private data only, and should
-be accessed using the functions below.
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_alignment_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new #GtkAlignment.
-</para>
-
-@xalign: the horizontal alignment of the child widget, from 0 (left) to 1
-(right).
-@yalign: the vertical alignment of the child widget, from 0 (top) to 1
-(bottom).
-@xscale: the amount that the child widget expands horizontally to fill up
-unused space, from 0 to 1.
-A value of 0 indicates that the child widget should never expand.
-A value of 1 indicates that the child widget will expand to fill all of the
-space allocated for the #GtkAlignment.
-@yscale: the amount that the child widget expands vertically to fill up
-unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to @xscale.
-@Returns: the new #GtkAlignment.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_alignment_set ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the #GtkAlignment values.
-</para>
-
-@alignment: a #GtkAlignment.
-@xalign: the horizontal alignment of the child widget, from 0 (left) to 1
-(right).
-@yalign: the vertical alignment of the child widget, from 0 (top) to 1
-(bottom).
-@xscale: the amount that the child widget expands horizontally to fill up
-unused space, from 0 to 1.
-A value of 0 indicates that the child widget should never expand.
-A value of 1 indicates that the child widget will expand to fill all of the
-space allocated for the #GtkAlignment.
-@yscale: the amount that the child widget expands vertically to fill up
-unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to @xscale.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xalign ##### -->
-<para>
-the horizontal alignment of the child widget, from 0 (left) to 1 (right).
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yalign ##### -->
-<para>
-the vertical alignment of the child widget, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom).
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:xscale ##### -->
-<para>
-the amount that the child widget expands horizontally to fill up
-unused space, from 0 to 1.
-A value of 0 indicates that the child widget should never expand.
-A value of 1 indicates that the child widget will expand to fill all of the
-space allocated for the #GtkAlignment.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkAlignment:yscale ##### -->
-<para>
-the amount that the child widget expands vertically to fill up
-unused space, from 0 to 1. The values are similar to @xscale.
-</para>
-

docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkarg.sgml

@@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-Object Properties
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkArgInfo ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@class_type: 
-@name: 
-@type: 
-@arg_flags: 
-@full_name: 
-@arg_id: 
-@seq_id: 
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_new ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@arg_type: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_copy ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@src_arg: 
-@dest_arg: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_free ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@arg: 
-@free_contents: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_args_collect ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object_type: 
-@arg_info_hash_table: 
-@arg_list_p: 
-@info_list_p: 
-@first_arg_name: 
-@var_args: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_args_collect_cleanup ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@arg_list: 
-@info_list: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_get_info ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@object_type: 
-@arg_info_hash_table: 
-@arg_name: 
-@info_p: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_type_new_static ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@base_class_type: 
-@arg_name: 
-@class_n_args_offset: 
-@arg_info_hash_table: 
-@arg_type: 
-@arg_flags: 
-@arg_id: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_args_query ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@class_type: 
-@arg_info_hash_table: 
-@arg_flags: 
-@n_args_p: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_name_strip_type ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@arg_name: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_info_equal ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@arg_info_1: 
-@arg_info_2: 
-@Returns: 
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arg_info_hash ##### -->
-<para>
-
-</para>
-
-@arg_info: 
-@Returns: 
-
-

docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/gtkarrow.sgml

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-<!-- ##### SECTION Title ##### -->
-GtkArrow
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Short_Description ##### -->
-produces an arrow pointing in one of the four cardinal directions.
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION Long_Description ##### -->
-<para>
-GtkArrow should be used to draw simple arrows that need to point in
-one of the four cardinal directions (up, down, left, or right).  The
-style of the arrow can be one of shadow in, shadow out, etched in, or
-etched out.  Note that these directions and style types may be
-ammended in versions of Gtk to come.
-</para>
-<para>
-GtkArrow will fill any space alloted to it, but since it is inherited
-from #GtkMisc, it can be padded and/or aligned, to fill exactly the
-space the programmer desires.
-</para>
-<para>
-Arrows are created with a call to gtk_arrow_new().  The direction or
-style of an arrow can be changed after creation by using gtk_arrow_set().
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### SECTION See_Also ##### -->
-<para>
-<variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>gtk_paint_arrow()</term>
-<listitem><para>the function used internally to paint the arrow.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### STRUCT GtkArrow ##### -->
-<para>
-The #GtkArrow-struct containes the following fields.
-(These fields should be considered read-only. They should never be set by
-an application.)
-
-<informaltable pgwide=1 frame="none" role="struct">
-<tgroup cols="2"><colspec colwidth="2*"><colspec colwidth="8*">
-<tbody>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint16 <structfield>arrow_type</structfield>;</entry>
-<entry>the direction of the arrow, one of #GtkArrowType.</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>#gint16 <structfield>shadow_type</structfield>;</entry>
-<entry>the style of the arrow, one of #GtkShadowType.</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody></tgroup></informaltable>
-</para>
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arrow_new ##### -->
-<para>
-Creates a new arrow widget.
-</para>
-
-@arrow_type: a valid #GtkArrowType.
-@shadow_type: a valid #GtkShadowType.
-@Returns: the new #GtkArrow widget.
-
-
-<!-- ##### FUNCTION gtk_arrow_set ##### -->
-<para>
-Sets the direction and style of the #GtkArrow, @arrow.
-</para>
-
-@arrow: a widget of type #GtkArrow.
-@arrow_type: a valid #GtkArrowType.
-@shadow_type: a valid #GtkShadowType.
-
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:arrow_type ##### -->
-<para>
-the arrow direction, one of #GtkArrowType.
-</para>
-
-<!-- ##### ARG GtkArrow:shadow_type ##### -->
-<para>
-the arrow style, one of #GtkShadowType.
-</para>
-